Cisco NCS TL1 Command Guide, Release 10.x.x
Chapter 13, ED Commands

Table Of Contents

ED Commands

13.1  ED-CPS

13.2  ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

13.3  ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

13.4  ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

13.5  ED-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>

13.6  ED-<MOD_PATH>

13.7  ED-<MOD_RING>

13.8  ED-<STM_TYPE>

13.9  ED-<OCN_TYPE>

13.10  ED-ALS

13.11  ED-APC

13.12  ED-AUTO

13.13  ED-BITS

13.14  ED-BULKROLL-<STM_TYPE>

13.15  ED-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>

13.16  ED-BWP-ETH

13.17  ED-CFM

13.18  ED-CHGRP

13.19  ED-CMD-SECU

13.20  ED-COS-ETH

13.21  ED-CRS-<PATH>

13.22  ED-CRS-ETH

13.23  ED-DAT

13.24  ED-DS3I

13.25  ED-DSCP-<MOD2>

13.26  ED-E1

13.27  ED-E3

13.28  ED-E4

13.29  ED-EFM

13.30  ED-ETH

13.31  ED-EQPT

13.32  ED-FAC

13.33  ED-FFP-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>

13.34  ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

13.35  ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>

13.36  ED-FFP-OCH

13.37  ED-FFP-OTS

13.38  ED-FOG

13.39  ED-FSTE

13.40  ED-FTPSERVER

13.41  ED-G1000

13.42  ED-GFP

13.43  ED-HDLC

13.44  ED-L2-ETH

13.45  ED-LM-EFM

13.46  ED-LMP

13.47  ED-LMP-CTRL

13.48  ED-LMP-TLINK

13.49  ED-LMP-DLINK

13.50  ED-LNK

13.51  ED-LNKTERM

13.52  ED-MA-CFM

13.53  ED-MCAST

13.54  ED-MIP-CFM

13.55  ED-NE-GEN

13.56  ED-NE-PATH

13.57  ED-NE-SYNCN

13.58  ED-OCH

13.59  ED-OCHCC

13.60  ED-OCHNC

13.61  ED-OMS

13.62  ED-OPMODE

13.63  ED-OTS

13.64  ED-OTU

13.65  ED-PID

13.66  ED-POS

13.67  ED-PROTOCOL

13.68  ED-PRBS

13.69  ED-QNQ-CHGRP

13.70  ED-QNQ-ETH

13.71  ED-REP

13.72  ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>

13.73  ED-SLV-WDMANS

13.74  ED-STCN-REP

13.75  ED-STM1E

13.76  ED-SYNCN

13.77  ED-TRAPTABLE

13.78  ED-TRC-OCH

13.79  ED-TRC-OTU

13.80  ED-T3

13.81  ED-UNICFG

13.82  ED-USER-SECU

13.83  ED-VCG

13.84  ED-VLAN

13.85  ED-VLAN-ETH

13.86  ED-VLB-REP

13.87  ED-WDMANS

13.88  ED-WDMSIDE


ED Commands


This chapter provides edit (ED) commands for the Cisco NCS 2002 and Cisco NCS 2006.

13.1  ED-CPS

This command can be used to modify Control Plane Service parameter. The user needs to specify only the source port to identify the CPS. If the CPS is of type ADD 2WAY, both src AIDs have to be specified

Usage Guidelines

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (invalid AID) error message is returned. The following AIDs are supported:

CLIENT cps type support FAC and VFAC AID type.

TRUNK cps type support CHAN AID type.

ADD cps type support CHAN, PCHAN and LINEWL AID type.

The ALL AID is invalid for this command

In case of 1WAY, unidirectional connection, SRC and DST are single AIDs. In case of 2WAY, bidirectional connection, SRC and DST are double AIDs. However, in case of CLIENT or TRUNK cpstype, src and dst are single AID and the connection is of type 2WAY because of bidirectional ports hence this rule is not applicable.

If the RESTTYPE is REVERT, it is required to set the REVERTMODE and SOAK parameters.

If the RESTTYPE is REVERT, it is mandatory to set the REVERTMODE parameter as MANUAL or AUTO.

SOAK time is mandatory if the REVERTMODE parameter is set to MANUAL or AUTO.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-CPS[:<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[:::CKTID=<CKTID>],[VALMODE=<VALMODE>],[VALZONE=<VALZONE>],[VALMODESEC=<VALMODESEC>],[VALZONESEC=<VALZONESEC>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[RESTTYPE=<RESTTYPE>],[REVERTMODE=<REVERTMODE>],[SOAK=<HH-MM-SS>],>],[CKTLABEL=<CKTLABEL>],[CKTPRIORITY=<CKTPRIORITY>],[DSPWROFS=<DSPWROFS>],[USPWROFS=<USPWROFS>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-CPS::PCHAN-1-1-RX&PCHAN-1-1-TX:8:::CKTID=twoway_add-passive,VALMODE=FULL,VALZONE=GREEN:;

ED-CPS::CHAN-1-2-2:1:::RESTTYPE=REVERT,REVERTMODE=MANUAL,SOAK=00-00-10;

ED-CPS::LINE-1-6-3-RX:1:::CKTLABEL="CISCO234", CKTPRIORITY=6, USPWROFS=45.6, DSPWROFS=89.2;

Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the "ALL" section. Listable.

1WAY

A unidirectional connection from a source port to a destination port. In 1WAY wavelength connection only one AID is requested

2WAY

A bidirectional connection between the two ports. CLIENT or TRUNK 2WAY is requested together with one AID.

<CKTID>

(Optional) Circuit identification parameter contains the Common Language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Does not contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48.

<VALMODE>

Identifies the validation mode.

NONE

No Optical validation is performed.

FULL

The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter.

<VALZONE>

Identifies the validation operate zone.

UNKNOWN

Not evaluated

GREEN

Margin > 3 sigma

YELLOW

1 < margin < 3 sigma

ORANGE

0 < margin < 1 sigma

RED

-3 < margin < 0 sigma

OUT

Margin < -3 sigma

<VALMODESEC>

Identifies the validation mode for secondary circuit.

<VALZONESEC>

Identifies the validation operate zone for secondary circuit.

<RESTTYPE>

Specifies the restoration type on CPS circuit or UNI configuration. Parameter type is RESTTYPE.

NONE

Restore type is not specified.

RESTORE

Only restoration is allowed. The circuit is not revertible.

REVERT

The circuit is revertible, manually or automatically.

<REVERTMODE>

Specifies the revertive mode type. Paraneter type is REVERTMODE.

AUTO

Circuit is automatically revertible after the soak time expires.

MANUAL

Manually revert the circuit.

NONE

Not revertible.

<SOAK>

This is the soak time specified in HH-MM-SS format. After the soak time expires, if the revertive mode is AUTO, the circuit reverts automatically. If revertive mode is MANUAL, the soak time is ignored.

<CKTLABEL>

Circuit label.

<CKTPRIORITY>

Circuit Priority.

<DSPWROFS>

Down stream power offset.

<USPWROFS>

Up stream power offset.


13.2  ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

The Edit 10GIGE, 100GIGE, 40GIGE, or GIGE (ED-<GIGE_TYPE>) command edits Ethernet facility attributes. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

The SYNCMSG, SENDDUS, ADMSSM, and ESMC parameters are applicable only for AR-MXP and AR-XP cards.

The following parameters apply only to ED-GIGE; ADMINSTATE, LINKSTATE, MTU, FLOWCTRL, AUTONEG, HIWMRK, LOWMRK, DUPLEX, SPEED, and SOAK.

The MACADDR parameter is applicable for ED-10GIGE only.

The ENCAP parameter applies to 10GIGE SFP+ ports on 10x10G-LC only.

In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-<GIGE_TYPE> is applicable for SOAK, SYNCMSG, and SENDDUS paramters on the CFP-LC card on the VFAC AID.

In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-<GIGE_TYPE> is applicable for MTU and MACADDR paramters on the 100G-LC-C virtual ports on VCFAC AID.

Autonegotiation parameters such as AUTONEG, DUPLEX, SPEED, ACTDUPLEX, and ACTSPEED are not applicable for 10GIGE on AR-XPE, AR-XP, AR-MXP cards and GIGE on AR-XPE card only.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-GIGE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[ADMINSTATE=<ADMINSTATE>],[LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>],[MTU=<MTU>],[MFS=<MFS>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],[FLOWCTRL=<FLOWCTRL>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],[HIWMRK=<INT>],[LOWMRK=<INT>],[OPTICS=<OPTICS>],[DUPLEX=<DUPLEX>],[SPEED=<SPEED>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SUPPRESS=<SUPPRESS>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[PAUSEFRAME=<PAUSEFRAME>],[CLNTDST=<CLNTDST>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[ESMC=<ESMC>],<PAUSEFRAME>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-GIGE:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:123:::ADMINSTATE=DOWN,LINKSTATE=DOWN,MTU=1548,
FLOWCTRL=NONE,AUTONEG=Y,HIWMRK=485,LOWMRK=25,OPTICS=1000_BASE_LX,
DUPLEX=AUTO,SPEED=AUTO,NAME="GIGE PORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,
MACADDR=00-0E-AA-BB-CC-FF,FREQ=1550,LOSSB=SX,SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y,
LITIMER=200:IS,AINS;

Table 13-1 ED-<GIGE_TYPE> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the FACILITY. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<ADMINSTATE>

(Optional) The parameter type is UP_DOWN, which indicates an up or down value.

DOWN

Down

UP

Up

<LINKSTATE>

(Optional) The parameter type is UP_DOWN, which indicates an up or down value.

DOWN

Down

UP

Up

<MTU>

(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600.

10004

10004. Indicates jumbo size.

1500

1500

1548

1548

9600

9600. Indicates jumbo size.

64

64

9700

9700. Indicates jumbo size.

<MFS>

(Optional) Maximum frame size. The parameter type is MFS_TYPE, which is the maximum frame size used by an Ethernet card.

1548

Normal frame size

JUMBO

Jumbo frame size

<FLOWCTRL>

(Optional) Flow control. The parameter type is FLOW, which indicates the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port. Defaults to NONE.

ASYMMETRIC

Asymmetric flow control

ASYMMETRIC_LOCAL

Asymmetric local flow control

NONE

No flow control

PASSTHRU

Passthrough flow control

SYMMETRIC

Symmetric flow control

<AUTONEG>

(Optional) Autonegotiation. The parameter is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. Defaults to Y.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<HIWMRK>

(Optional) High water mark. HIWMRK is an integer. Defaults to 485.

<LOWMRK>

(Optional) Low water mark. LOWMRK is an integer. Defaults to 25.

<OPTICS>

(Optional) The parameter is OPTICS, which indicates the type of Gigabyte Ethernet optics being used.

1000_BASE_CX

1000BaseCX

1000_BASE_LX

1000BaseLX

1000_BASE_SX

1000BaseSX

1000_BASE_T

1000BaseT

1000_BASE_ZX

1000BaseZX

100_BASE_BX_D

100BaseBX_D

100_BASE_BX_U

100BaseBX_U

100_BASE_FX

100BaseFX

100_BASE_LX

100BaseLX

CWDM_1470

Coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) 1470

CWDM_1490

CWDM 1490

CWDM_1510

CWDM 1510

CWDM_1530

CWDM 1530

CWDM_1550

CWDM 1550

CWDM_1570

CWDM 1570

CWDM_1590

CWDM 1590

CWDM_1610

CWDM 1610

ITU_100G_1530_33

ITU-100G 1530.33

ITU_100G_1531_12

ITU-100G 1531.12

ITU_100G_1531_90

ITU-100G 1531.90

ITU_100G_1532_68

ITU-100G 1532.68

ITU_100G_1534_25

ITU-100G 1534.25

ITU_100G_1535_04

ITU-100G 1535.04

ITU_100G_1535_82

ITU-100G 1535.82

ITU_100G_1536_61

ITU-100G 1536.61

ITU_100G_1538_19

ITU-100G 1538.19

ITU_100G_1538_98

ITU-100G 1538.98

ITU_100G_1539_77

ITU-100G 1539.77

ITU_100G_1540_56

ITU-100G 1540.56

ITU_100G_1542_14

ITU-100G 1542.14

ITU_100G_1542_94

ITU-100G 1542.94

ITU_100G_1543_73

ITU-100G 1543.73

ITU_100G_1544_53

ITU-100G 1544.53

ITU_100G_1546_12

ITU-100G 1546.12

ITU_100G_1546_92

ITU-100G 1546.92

ITU_100G_1547_72

ITU-100G 1547.72

ITU_100G_1548_51

ITU-100G 1548.51

ITU_100G_1550_12

ITU-100G 1550.12

ITU_100G_1550_92

ITU-100G 1550.92

ITU_100G_1551_72

ITU-100G 1551.72

ITU_100G_1552_52

ITU-100G 1552.52

ITU_100G_1554_13

ITU-100G 1554.13

ITU_100G_1554_94

ITU-100G 1554.94

ITU_100G_1555_75

ITU-100G 1555.75

ITU_100G_1556_55

ITU-100G 156.55

ITU_100G_1558_17

ITU-100G 1558.17

ITU_100G_1558_98

ITU-100G 1558.98

ITU_100G_1559_79

ITU-100G 1559.79

ITU_100G_1560_61

ITU-100G 1560.61

UNKNOWN

Unknown

UNPLUGGED

Unplugged

<DUPLEX>

(Optional) The parameter is ETHER_DUPLEX, which indicates duplex mode. Defaults to AUTO.

AUTO

Auto mode

FULL

Full mode

HALF

Half mode

<SPEED>

(Optional) The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO.

100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

40_GBPS

40 Gigabit per second

AUTO

Automatic

AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail.

<MACADDR>

(Optional) MACADDR is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 18 characters.

<FREQ>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength.

1310

Wavelength 1310

1470

Wavelength 1470

1490

Wavelength 1490

1510

Wavelength 1510

1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

1530

Wavelength 1530

1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

1537

Wavelength 1537

1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

1545.30

Wavelength 1545.30

1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

1550

Wavelength 1500

1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

1553.30

Wavelength 1553.30

1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values.

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

FE-BX

FE-BX

FX

FX

GE-BX

GE-BX

GE-EX

GE-EX

LX-10

LX-10

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

CWDM

Coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM)

CWDM-40KM

CWDM 40 kilometers.

CX

Reach CX

CX1

Reach CX1

DX

Reach DX

HX

Reach HX

I1

Reach I1

IR-1

Reach IR-1

IR-2

Reach IR-2

L1

Reach L1

L2

Reach L2

L3

Reach L3

LR-1

Reach LR-1

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LR-3

Reach LR-3

LX

Reach LX

P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

SC

Reach SC

S1

Reach S1

S2

Reach S2

SR

Reach SR

SR-1

Reach SR-1

SX

Reach SX

T

Reach T

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

ULH

Reach ULH

VSR

Reach VSR

VX

Reach VX

ZX

Reach ZX

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer. Defaults to 32.

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms.

<OSC>

To enable or disable the OSC on the port.

<ENCAP>

(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type.

GFP

GFP frame mode

HDLC

HDLC frame mode

WIS

WIS mode

CBR

CBR mapping mode.

TRP

Transparent mapping mode.

GMP

GMP mapping mode. Supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

<PAUSEFRAME>

To Enable or Disable the Pause Frame.

Y

Enable

N

Disable

<CLNTDST>

Client distance in kilometers.

10KM

10 kilometers.

30KM

30 kilometers.

<EXPDUPLEX>

(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode.

AUTO

Auto mode

FULL

Full mode

HALF

Half mode

<SELECTIVEAUTO>

(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only.

Y

Enable selective auto-negotiation.

N

Disable selective auto-negotiation.

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

40_GBPS

40  Gigabit per second

AUTO

Auto

AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex.

<SYNCMSG>

Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is ON (Y). The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<SENDDUS>

The facility will send the DUS (Do not use for Synchronization) value as the SSM for that facility. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<ADMSSM>

SSM selectable value. It will only appear when SSM is disabled. Defaults to STU. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<ESMC>

By enabling ESMC, Gige port can be enabled as timing reference

N

Disable

Y

Enable

<PAUSEFRAME>

To Enable or Disable the Pause Frame.

N

Disable

Y

Enable

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

MT

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.3  ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

The Edit 1GISC3, 2GISC3, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ESCON, ETRCLO, HDTV or PASSTHRU (ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>) command edits the attributes related with the Fibre Channel facility. The state Locked,AutomaticInService is not supported on the FC port. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

The user can change the service state of a facility to locked-enabled or disabled, only if all the following conditions are met

The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock

The facility's DCC is disabled.

The facility is not part of a protection group

The facility is not supporting cross-connects


Note The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service with no consideration for orderly interruption. Do not use in scripts or automated batch operations.



Note To completely disable the CMDMDE=FRCD option, provision the <to be defined parameter> in the NE defaults to FALSE. This will prevent the FRCD option from being honored by the NE. The NE default parameter can be provisioned using the CTC only.



NoteThe port parameters VIZ, LINKRCVRY, DISTEXTN, AUTODETECTION, LINKCREDITS, and MFS can be edited only if the port state is OOS, Maintenance or OOS,DSBLD.

The port parameters AUTODETECTION, LINKCREDITS, and MFS can be edited only if distance extension is enabled (set to B2B).

When 1GFICON and 2GFICON payloads are provisioned, distance extension=B2B is the default and only valid setting. Setting distance extension (using the ED-nGFICON command) to any other setting will be denied with an error message, for example, Provisioning Rules Failed.


Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN= <DISTANCE_EXTENSION>],[AUTODETECTION=<AUTO_DETECTION>], [LINKCREDITS=<CREDITS>],[FASTSWITCH=<FASTSWITCH>],[MFS=<MAXFRMSIZE>] ,[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[FREQ=<FREQ>], [LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-1GFC:CISCO:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,AUTODETECTION=Y,
LINKCREDITS=10,FASTSWITCH=,MFS=2148,NAME="FC PORT",CMDMDE=NORM,SOAK=32,
FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1:LOCKED,MAINTENANCE;

Table 13-2 ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<LINKRCVRY>

(Optional) Link recovery. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<DISTEXTN>

(Optional) Distance extension. It can be set to Buffer-to-Buffer (B2B) Credit Management state or None. The parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION (distance extension).

Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time.

B2B

Buffer to buffer flow control

NONE

No distance extension

<AUTODETECTION>

(Optional) Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<LINKCREDITS>

(Optional) Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off, the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. LINKCREDITS is an integer.

<MFS>

(Optional) Maximum frame size. MFS is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) NAME is a string. User-assigned port name.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer.

<FREQ>

(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

1310

Wavelength 1310

1470

Wavelength 1470

1490

Wavelength 1490

1510

Wavelength 1510

1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

1530

Wavelength 1530

1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

1537

Wavelength 1537

1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

1550

Wavelength 1500

1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) Parameter type is REACH (reach values).

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

FE-BX

FE-BX

FX

FX

GE-BX

GE-BX

GE-EX

GE-EX

LX-10

LX-10

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

CX

Reach CX

CX1

Reach CX1

DX

Reach DX

HX

Reach HX

I1

Reach I1

IR-1

Reach IR-1

IR-2

Reach IR-2

L1

Reach L1

L2

Reach L2

L3

Reach L3

LR-1

Reach LR-1

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LR-3

Reach LR-3

LX

Reach LX

S1

Reach S1

S2

Reach S2

SR

Reach SR

SR-1

Reach SR-1

SX

Reach SX

T

Reach T

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

VX

Reach VX

ZX

Reach ZX

<ENCAP>

Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP.

CBR

CBR mapping mode.

GFP

GFP mapping mode.

GMP

GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

TRP

Transparent mapping mode.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. the parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.4  ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

The Edit 1GFICON, 2GFICON, 4GFICON, or ESCON (ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>) command edits the attributes related with the FICON payload facility. The state Locked,AutomaticInService is not supported on the FICON port. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTANCE_EXTENSION>],[AUTODETECTION=<AUTO_DETECTION>],[LINKCREDITS=<CREDITS>],[FASTSWITCH=<FASTSWITCH>],[MFS=<MAXFRMSIZE>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-1GFICON:CISCO:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,AUTODETECTION=Y,
LINKCREDITS=10,FASTSWITCH=,MFS=2148,NAME="FC PORT",CMDMDE=NORM,SOAK=32,
FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1::LOCKED,MAINTENANCE;

Table 13-3 ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<LINKRCVRY>

(Optional) Link recovery. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<DISTEXTN>

(Optional) Distance extension. It can be set to B2B Credit Management state or None. The parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION.

Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time.

B2B

Buffer to buffer flow control

NONE

No distance extension

<AUTODETECTION>

(Optional) Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<LINKCREDITS>

(Optional) Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off, the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. LINKCREDITS is an integer.

<FASTSWITCH>

<TBD>

<MFS>

Maximum frame size. MFS is an integer.

<NAME>

NAME is a string. User-assigned port name.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer.

<FREQ>

(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength.

1310

Wavelength 1310

1470

Wavelength 1470

1490

Wavelength 1490

1510

Wavelength 1510

1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

1530

Wavelength 1530

1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

1537

Wavelength 1537

1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

1550

Wavelength 1500

1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

The parameter type is REACH, which is the reach value.

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

FE-BX

FE-BX

FX

FX

GE-BX

GE-BX

GE-EX

GE-EX

LX-10

LX-10

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

CX

Reach CX

CX1

Reach CX1

DX

Reach DX

HX

Reach HX

I1

Reach I1

IR-1

Reach IR-1

IR-2

Reach IR-2

L1

Reach L1

L2

Reach L2

L3

Reach L3

LR-1

Reach LR-1

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LR-3

Reach LR-3

LX

Reach LX

S1

Reach S1

S2

Reach S2

SR

Reach SR

SR-1

Reach SR-1

SX

Reach SX

T

Reach T

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

VX

Reach VX

ZX

Reach ZX

<ENCAP>

Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP.

CBR

CBR mapping mode.

GFP

GFP mapping mode.

GMP

GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

TRP

Transparent mapping mode.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. the parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.5  ED-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>

The Edit 10GFC, 10GIGE, 100GIGE, 40GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 1GISC3, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 2GISC3, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ESCON, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, OTU3, OTU4, PASSTHRU, AUTO, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI , HDSDI, OTU1, OTU2, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (ED-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>) command edits the operating parameters for a NCS client facility. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform. This command creates GCC with a given GCCRATE.

Usage Guidelines

The command supports the modifier AUTO, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.

Squelchmode applicable for SDSDI, HDSDI, 3GVIDEO, ISC3STG1G, ISC3STP2G, and ESCON are NONE and SQUELCH.

Squelchmode applicable for 1GFC, 2GFC, 4GFC in NON-TXP mode and 8GFC are NONE, NOS and SQUELCH.

Squelchmode for 4GFC client in TXP modes are NONE and NOS.

The only allowed Squelchmode for 4GFC trunk is SQUELCH

Video RATES - NTSC/PAL can be set based on ANSI/ETSI chassis types respectively for HDSDI and 3GVIDEO.

Video RATE is not applicable for other video payloads - SDSDI, ESCON, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.

Video RATE is also not applicable for 1G/2G/3G/4G/8G-FC payloads.

Editing the working port will automatically edit the protect port.

OVRCLK is the new parameter added and applicable for OTU2 payload on SFP+ ports of 10x10G-LC only.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTANCE_EXTENSION>],[AUTODETECTION=<AUTO_DETECTION>],[LINKCREDITS=<CREDITS>],[FASTSWITCH=<FASTSWITCH>],[MFS=<MAXFRMSIZE>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCH=<SQUELCH>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-SDSDI::VFAC-3-1-1:1:::SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH;

Table 13-4 ED-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. See access identifier from the "ALL" section.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects.

DISABLE

Disable

AIS

AIS

G-AIS

Generis AIS

ODU-AIS

ODU AIS

SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

NONE

Transparent

NOS

Disable in FC payloads.

<ENCAP>

Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP.

CBR

CBR mapping mode.

GFP

GFP mapping mode.

GMP

GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

TRP

Transparent mapping mode.


13.6  ED-<MOD_PATH>

The Edit VC3, VC44C, VC464C, VC48C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC11, or VC12 (ED-<MOD_PATH>) command edits the attributes associated with VC paths.

Usage Guidelines

The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, and RVTM parameters only apply to subnetwork connection protection (SNCP) at the VC path level.

The path trace message is a 64-character string including the terminating carriage return (CR) and line feed (LF) that is transported in the J1 byte of the NCS VC Path overhead.

Both the EXPTRC and TRC string can be provisioned by a user with up to a 62-character string.The EXPTRC parameter indicates that the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user. The TRC parameter indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message.

The INCTRC parameter indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.

Path trace has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.

The TACC parameter edits an existing single VC or VT and changes it to a test access point. When an editing command on TACC is executed, it assigns the VC or VT for the first two-way connection and VC+1 as the second 2-way connection. For single facility access digroup (FAD) test access, only a single VC/VT is used for the TAP creation.

J1 is implemented on the E1, E3, E4, DS3i-N-12, and STM cards.

E100 and E1000 cards do not support path trace.

The STM1, STM16AS, and STM64 cards only support EXPTRC in the ED-VC-PATH command.


Note Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<VC_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, SNCP attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters, the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<VC_PATH> commands instead.


The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

The following actions will return error messages:

Sending this command to edit SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV or RVTM for the non-SNCP VC path.

Sending this command to edit the EXPTRC string with the AUTO path trace mode (TRCMODE=AUTO).

Sending this command to edit both TACC and any other attribute(s) will return the "Parameters Not Compatible" error message.

Sending this command to edit TACC on an AID with cross-connects will return the "VC in Use" error message.

This command is allowed to edit EXPTRC on STM1, STM16AS, and STM64 cards.


NoteTACC creation will be denied on protect ports and cards in 1:1, 1:N, and 1+1 configurations.

The VFAC AID is only valid on slots containing an ML-Series card. TACC is not supported for the ML-Series cards.

After the MS-SPRing switching, provisioning of the J1 trace string or trace mode is not allowed on the protection path.

TACC creation is allowed on protection channel access (PCA) for two-fiber and four-fiber MS-SPRing.

TACC is not supported on G1000, MXP_2.5_10G, TXP_MR_10G, ML1000-2, and ML100T-12 cards.

HOLDOFFTIMER is not specific to a path. It is applicable to the SNCP selector. If HOLDOFFTIMER is changed on one path associated with the selector, the HOLDOFFTIMER of the other path associated with the same selector is also changed.

The cross-connects on the DS3i-N-12 card are VC4 width, but the individual VC1s within the 3C will be accessible. For editing the path attributes, use ED-VC3 with the FAC AID. For test access creation, use ED-VC4 because the test access path width (like the cross-connect) has to be 3C on the DS3i-N-12 card, which creates a new entity (TAP) on the DS3i-N-12 card in 3C width. On the DS3i-N-12 card, the ED-VC command can be used either with VC3 or VC4 modifier depending on the parameter to be modified.


Category

Paths

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<MOD_PATH>:[TID]:<AID>:[CTAG]:::[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-VC3:FERNDALE:VC3-1-1-1:115:::SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC="EXPTRCSTRING",TRC="TRCSTRING",
TRCMODE=OFF,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,
AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-5 ED-<MOD_PATH> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "CrossConnectId1" section.

<SFBER>

(Optional) Signal failure threshold. Applies only to SNCP. Applies to VC4-level paths. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Signal degrade threshold. Applies only to SNCP. Applies to VC4-level paths (VCn). The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<HOLDOFFTIMER>

(Optional) Hold-off timer for SNCP DRI. Values must be within 0 and 10000 milliseconds (0 to 10 seconds), with increments of 100 milliseconds. HOLDOFFTIMER is an integer.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR and LF. Applicable to VC-level paths in NCS (VCn). EXPTRC is a string.

<TRC>

(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to VC-level paths in NCS (VCn). TRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Path trace mode. Applicable only to VC-level paths in NCS (VCn). Defaults to the OFF mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on alarm indication signal (AIS) and remote defect indication (RDI) if TIM-P is detected.

MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TACC>

(Optional) TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. TACC is an integer.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. the parameter type is TAPTYPE (test access point type).

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. the parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.7  ED-<MOD_RING>

The Edit Multiplex Section-Shared Protection Ring (ED-<MOD_RING>) command edits the MS-SPRing attributes.

Usage Guidelines

The RVRTV, RVTM, SRVRTV, SRVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the four-fiber MS-SPRing.

The RVRTV, RVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the two-fiber MS-SPRing.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

The following actions will produce errors:

If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROF (Get IOR Failed) error message is returned

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

If the MS-SPRing does not exist, a SRQN (MSSPR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.

The SROF (Facility Not Provisioned) or SROF (Cannot Access MSSPR) error message will be returned for an invalid query.

The SRQN (MSSPR Edition Failed) error message is returned for an invalid edition query.

Sending this command to modify SRVRTV or SRVTM on a two-fiber MS-SPRing will return an IDNV (Invalid Data For 2F-MS-SPRing) error message.

Sending this command to modify the node ID with invalid data will return an IIAC (Invalid NodeId) error message.

Sending this command to change the ring ID into invalid data will return an IIAC (Invalid RingId) error message.

Changing the MS-SPRing node ID with a duplicated ID will return a SROF (Cannot Set NodeId) error message.

Changing the MS-SPRing ring ID with a duplicated ID will return a SROF (Cannot Set RingId) error message.


NoteThe ALL AID is invalid for this command.

The list AID format is supported in Release 4.6 and later.


Category

MS-SPRing

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<MOD_RING>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>],[NODEID=<NODEID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SRVRTV=<SRVRTV>],[SRVTM=<SRVTM>][:];

Input Example

ED-BLSR:PETALUMA:MSSPR-43:123:::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=2.0,
SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0;

Table 13-6 ED-<MOD_RING> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "AidUnionId1" section. Identifies the MS-SPRing of the NE. ALL or MSSPR-ALL AID is not allowed for editing an MS-SPRing.

<RINGID>

The MS-SPRing ID of the NE, up to six characters. Valid characters are A-Z and 0-9. RINGID is a string.

<NODEID>

The MS-SPRing node ID of the NE. NODEID ranges from 0 to 31. NODEID is an integer.

<RVRTV>

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

RVTM

Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while "RVRTV" is N. the parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<SRVRTV>

The span revertive mode for four-fiber MS-SPRing only. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<SRVTM>

The span revertive time for four-fiber MS-SPRing only. SRVTM is not allowed to be set while SRVRTV is N. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.


13.8  ED-<STM_TYPE>

The Edit STM1, STM4, STM16, or STM64 command edits the attributes (for example, service parameters) and state of an STM facility. Allowable states for a facility are Locked, Locked with Automatic In Service transitioning, Locked for Maintenance, and Unlocked. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

The OPRNOMINAL parameter is supported only by optical card types that support Optical PM. The following cards support OPRNOMINAL: STM1-8, MRC-12, MRC-12-2.5G, MRC-4-2.5G, STM64-XFP, CTX-2500, CTX, STM64-4, STM16-16, STM64-4-NCS, ASAP-4.

The data communications channel (DCC) transmit is bridged to both working and protect in a 1+1 configuration. On the receive side, the active one is selected for DCC. The DCC is provisioned on the working port only in a 1+1 configuration.

All lines in a 1+1 MS-SPRing must have the same mode. If you change the mode of a line that is in a 1+1 MS-SPRing, an error message will be returned.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to Locked-Disabled, DSBLD service state from any state except Locked-Disabled, Maintenance. To transition a facility from Locked-Disabled, Maintenance to Locked-Disabled, DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:

The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock

The facility's DCC is disabled

The facility is not part of a protection group

The facility is not supporting cross-connects

The facility is not using overhead connections or overhead terminations (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs])


Note The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to Locked-Disabled, DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.


Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<STM_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[DCC=<DCC>],[AREA=<AREA>],
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[PJMON=<PJMON>],
[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[MODE=<MODE>],[MUX=<MUX>],
[SOAK=<SOAK>],[OSPF=<OSPF>],[MSDCC=<MSDCC>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[SENDDUSFF=<SENDDUSFF>],
[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],
[FOREIGNFEND=<FOREIGNFEND>],[FOREIGNIP=<FOREIGNIP>],OPRNOMINAL=<OPRNOMINAL>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-STM16:PENNGROVE:FAC-6-1:114:::DCC=Y,AREA=10.92.63.1,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,
PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,MODE=SINGLESHELF,MUX=E2,SOAK=10,OSPF=Y,
MSDCC=N,NAME="STMPORT",CMDMDE=NORM,EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",
TRCMODE=MAN,TRCFORMAT=16-BYTE,ADMSSM=G811,SENDDUSFF=N,
AISONLPBK=AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL,FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1,FOREIGNFEND=N,
FOREIGNIP="IPADDRESS",OPRNOMINAL=Y:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-7 ED-STM1 Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<DCC>

(Optional) Indicates whether or not the RS-DCC is to be used. Identifies the RS-DCC connection of the port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<AREA>

(Optional) The area ID shows up only if the DCC is enabled.

<SYNCMSG>

(Optional) Synchronization status message. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<SENDDUS>

(Optional) Whether the facility will send the Do Not Use for Synchronization (DUS) value as the synchronization status message for that facility. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<PJMON>

(Optional) Identifies an STM port PJMON. Defaults to 0 (zero). PJMON is an integer. Set a valid VC4 number of the optical port.

Note The PJMON number displayed in TL1 interface does not correspond to the PJVC4MON number in CTC, but instead corresponds to the VC4 number of the optical port.

<SFBER>

(Optional) Signal failure threshold. the parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Signal degrade threshold. the parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

<MODE>

(Optional) STM port mode. The parameter type is OPTICAL_MODE, which is the facility's optical mode.

SINGLESHELF

The NE contains only one shelf and the AID representation does not consider the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports.

MULTISHELF

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style.

MULTISHELFETH

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. The shelves are connected by means of an external Ethernet switch.

<MUX>

(Optional) MS-SPRing extension byte (supported only on the STM16AS card). The parameter type is MUX_TYPE, which is the MS-SPRing extension type.

E2

E2 byte (orderwire)

F1

F1 byte (user)

K3

K3 byte

Z2

Z2 byte

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer.

<OSFP>

(Optional) The Open Shortest Path First discovery. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<MSDCC>

(Optional) The MS-DCC connection on the port. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<NAME>

(Optional) NAME is a user-specified string to identify the facility.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected section trace content. Indicates the expected section trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). String data type.

<TRC>

(Optional) The section trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. Defaults to NULL. TRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Section trace mode. Applicable only to VC-level paths in NCS (VCn). Defaults to the MAN mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

AUTO

Use the previously received section trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received section trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

OFF

Turn off section trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

1-BYTE

1 byte trace message

16-BYTE

16 byte trace message

64-BYTE

64 byte trace message

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) SSM selectable value. It will only appear when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for NCS.

DUS_NCS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

G811

G811 Standard

RES_NCS

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

G812T

G812T Standard

STU_NCS

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

G812TL

G812TL Standard

SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

<SENDDUSFF>

(Optional) The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<AISONLPBK>

(Optional) The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS should be sent on loopback.

AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY

AIS is sent on facility loopback.

AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL

AIS is sent on all loopbacks.

AIS_ON_LPBK_OFF

AIS is not sent on loopback.

AIS_ON_LPBK_TERMINAL

AIS is sent on terminal loopback.

<FREQ>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

1310

Wavelength 1310

1470

Wavelength 1470

1490

Wavelength 1490

1510

Wavelength 1510

1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

1530

Wavelength 1530

1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

1537

Wavelength 1537

1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

1550

Wavelength 1500

1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which is the reach value.

AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

CWDM

Coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM)

CWDM-40KM

CWDM 40 kilometers.

CX

Reach CX

CX1

Reach CX1

DX

Reach DX

HX

Reach HX

I1

Reach I1

IR-1

Reach IR-1

IR-2

Reach IR-2

L1

Reach L1

L2

Reach L2

L3

Reach L3

LR-1

Reach LR-1

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LR-3

Reach LR-3

LX

Reach LX

S1

Reach S1

S2

Reach S2

SR

Reach SR

SR-1

Reach SR-1

SX

Reach SX

T

Reach T

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

ULH

Reach ULH

VSR

Reach VSR

VX

Reach VX

ZX

Reach ZX

<FOREIGNFEND>

(Optional) Indicates whether the far-end NE on the DCC is a foreign NE. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enabled an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<FOREIGNIP>

(Optional) The IP address of the far-end NE on the DCC. Used only if FOREIGNFEND is Y. FOREIGNIP is a string.

<OPRNOMINAL >

Reads the current raw optical receive power and sets the raw OPR value as the nominal optical receive power.

N

Not Supported

Y

Sets the OPR

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AUTOMATICINSERVICE. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.9  ED-<OCN_TYPE>

The Edit OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, or OC768 (ED-<OCN_TYPE>) command edits the attributes (for example, service parameters) and status of an OC-N facility. Allowable states for a facility are Out Of Service (OOS), Out Of Service and Automatic In Service (OOS-AINS), Out Of Service and Maintenance (OOS-MT), and In Service (IS). See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

Squelchmode applicable for OC3/OC12/OC48 payloads are NONE, G-AIS and SQUELCH

The OPRNOMINAL parameter is supported only by optical card types that support Optical PM. The following cards support OPRNOMINAL: OC3-8, MRC-12, MRC-12-2.5G, MRC-4-2.5G, OC192-XFP, CTX-2500, CTX, OC192-4, OC48-16, OC192-4-DWDM, ASAP-4.

The data communications channel (DCC) transmit side is bridged to both working and protect in a 1+1 protection scheme. On the receive side, the active one is selected for DCC. The DCC is provisioned on the working port only in a 1+1 protection scheme.

All lines in a 1+1 BLSR must have the same mode. If you change the mode of a line that is in a 1+1 BLSR, an error message will be returned.

You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state from any state except OOS-MA,MT. To transition a facility from OOS-MA,MT to OOS-MA,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:

The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock

The facility's DCC is disabled

The facility is not part of a protection group

The facility is not supporting cross-connects

The facility is not using overhead connections or overhead terminations (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs])


Note The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to OOS-MA,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.



Note OSI parameters are not supported in Release 9.0 and 9.1.


Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[DCC=<DCC>],[AREA=<AREA>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[PJMON=<PJMON>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[MODE=<MODE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[OSPF=<OSPF>],[LDCC=<LDCC>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[SENDDUSFF=<SENDDUSFF>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],[FOREIGNFEND=<FOREIGNFAREND>],[FOREIGNIP=<FOREIGNIPADDRESS>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[OPRNOMINAL=<OPRNOMINAL>],[OSISDCC=<OSISDCC>],[OSILDCC=<OSILDCC>],[OSIROUTER=<OSIROUTER>],[PORTMODE=<PORTMODE>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]]

Input Example

ED-OC48:ROCCIANERA:VFAC-12-1-1:1:::SQUELCHMODE=G-AIS;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<DCC>

Indicates whether or not the SDCC is to be used. Identifies the SDCC connection of the port. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<AREA>

The area ID and shows up only if the DCC is enabled. AREA is a string.

<SYNCMSG>

Synchronization status message. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<SENDDUS>

The facility will send the DUS (Do not use for Synchronization) value as the SSM for that facility. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<PJMON>

Identifies an OC-N port PJMON. PJMON is an integer. It defaults to 0 (zero). Set a valid STS number of the optical port.

Note The PJMON number displayed in TL1 interface does not correspond to the PJVC4MON number in CTC, but instead corresponds to the STS number of the optical port.

<SFBER>

Signal failure threshold. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

Signal degrade threshold. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<MODE>

This parameter identifies the facility's operating mode. The mode could be either SONET or SDH.

SDH

SDH/ETSI mode

SONET

SONET/ANSI mode

<MUX>

BLSR extension byte (supported only on the OC48AS card). MUX cannot be configured if:

The card is SONET and the media type is SDHT.

The card has an orderwire or user data channel (UDC) connection.

This is a protect line and the working line has an orderwire or UDC connection.

The parameter type is MUX_TYPE, which is the BLSR extension type.

E2

E2 byte (orderwire)

F1

F1 byte (user)

K3

K3 byte

Z2

Z2 byte

<SOAK>

OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Defaults to 32. SOAK is an integer.

<OSFP>

The Open Shortest Path First discovery. Defaults to Y. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<LDCC>

The LDCC connection on the port. Defaults to N. the parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<NAME>

NAME is a user-specified string to identify the facility. It defaults to NULL. Its maximum length is 32 characters.

<CMDMDE>

The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail.

<EXPTRC>

Expected section trace content. Indicates the expected section trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card. Defaults to NULL. EXPTRC is a string.

<TRC>

The section trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card. TRC is a string.

<TRCMODE>

Section trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to MAN. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

AUTO

Use the previously received section trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP or TXP cards.

AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received section trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected.

MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected.

OFF

Turn off section trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCFORMAT>

Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

1-BYTE

1 byte trace message

16-BYTE

16 byte trace message

64-BYTE

64 byte trace message

<ADMSSM>

SSM selectable value. It will only appear when SSM is disabled. Defaults to STU. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET.

DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

<SENDDUSFF>

The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<AISONLPBK>

The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback.

FACILITY

AIS is sent on facility loopbacks.

ALL

AIS is sent on all loopbacks.

OFF

AIS is not sent on loopbacks.

TERMINAL

AIS is sent on terminal loopbacks.

<FREQ>

The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

1310

Wavelength 1310

1470

Wavelength 1470

1490

Wavelength 1490

1510

Wavelength 1510

1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

1530

Wavelength 1530

1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

1537

Wavelength 1537

1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

1550

Wavelength 1500

1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

The parameter type is REACH (reach value)

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

FE-BX

FE-BX

FX

FX

GE-BX

GE-BX

GE-EX

GE-EX

LX-10

LX-10

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

CX

Reach CX

CX1

Reach CX1

DX

Reach DX

HX

Reach HX

I1

Reach I1

IR-1

Reach IR-1

IR-2

Reach IR-2

L1

Reach L1

L2

Reach L2

L3

Reach L3

LR-1

Reach LR-1

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LR-3

Reach LR-3

LX

Reach LX

P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

SC

Reach SC

S1

Reach S1

S2

Reach S2

SR

Reach SR

SR-1

Reach SR-1

SX

Reach SX

T

Reach T

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

VX

Reach VX

ZX

Reach ZX

<FOREIGNFEND>

Indicates whether the far-end NE on the DCC is a foreign NE. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<FOREIGNIP>

The IP address of the far-end NE on the DCC. Used only if FOREIGNFEND is Y. FOREIGHNIP is a string.

<OPRNOMINAL>

Reads the current raw optical receive power and sets the raw OPR value as the nominal optical receive power.

N

Not Supported.

Y

Sets the OPR.

OSISDCC

Indicates whether or not the OSI SDCC is to be used. Identifies the SDCC connection of the port. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

OSILDCC

Indicates whether or not the OSI LDCC is to be used. Identifies the SDCC connection of the port. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

N

Disable an attribute.

OSIROUTER

The OSI virtual router number in the range of 1 to 3.

<PORTMODE>

Describes the termination mode of each interface on the OTU2-XP card.

DWDM-LINE

Line terminating mode.

DWDM-SECTION

Section terminating mode.

DWDM-TRANS-AIS

Transparent mode AIS.

DWDM-TRANS-SQUELCH

Transparent mode squelch.

10GLANWAN-SQUELCH

10G LAN to WAN Squelch.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects

NONE

Transparent

SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

AIS

Generic AIS

DISABLE

Squelch is disabled

<PST>

Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

IS

In service

OOS

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary state. Defaults to AINS. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AINS

Automatic in service

DSBLD

Disabled

LPBK

Loopback

MEA

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

MT

Maintenance mode

OOG

Out of group

SWDL

Software downloading

UAS

Unassigned

UEQ

Unequipped


13.10  ED-ALS

The Edit Automatic Laser Shutdown (ED-ALS) command is used to modify the automatic laser shutdown (ALS) attributes of an STM facility and all the facilities that support the ALS feature. For transponder and muxponder cards, this command is used to modify the ALS parameter of the STM16 and STM64 ports.

Usage Guidelines

The ED-ALS command is applicable for the following:

For all non-OTU payloads on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards on the CHAN AID.

Payload interfaces for OTU enabled ports.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-ALS[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::ALSMODE=<ALSMODE>],[ALSRCINT=<ALSRCINT>],[ALSRCPW=<ALSRCPW>],[OSRI=<OSRI>],[:];

Input Example

ED-ALS:CISCO:FAC-4-1-1:1:::ALSMODE=AUTO,ALSRCINT=130,ALSRCPW=80.1;

Table 13-8 ED-ALS Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

Access identifier from the "AidUnionId" section.

<ALSMODE>

(Optional) ALS is enabled or disabled. the parameter type is ALS_MODE, which is the working mode for automatic laser shutdown.

AUTO

Automatic

DISABLED

Disabled

MAN

Manual

MAN-RESTART

Manual restart for test

<ALSRCINT>

(Optional) ALS recovery interval. The range is 60 to 300 seconds. ALSRCINT is an integer.

<ALSRCPW>

(Optional) ALS recovery pulse width. The range is 80.0 to 100.00 seconds, in increments of 100 ms. ALSRCPW is a float.


13.11  ED-APC

The Edit Amplification Power Control (ED-APC) command is used to modify the APC application attributes. The default value for an optional parameter is the NE default value. The value might not be the current value for the parameter. Use a retrieve command to retrieve the current value.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-APC[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<ROLE>][:APCENABLE=<APCENABLE>][:];

Input Example

ED-APC:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:CTAG:::APCENABLE=N;

Table 13-9 ED-APC Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<WDMSIDE>

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an MSTP node.

WDMSIDE-{UNKNOWN,A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}

MSTP side identifier

<ROLE>

The role the unit is playing in the protection group.

PROT

The entity is the protection unit in the protection group.

WORK

The entity is the working unit in the protection group.

<APCENABLE>

(Optional) Enable/disable the APC application. Default is N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.


13.12  ED-AUTO

The Edit Auto (ED-AUTO) command is used to retrieve the AUTO port provisioned. Port bandwidth changes to OC3/OC12/OC48/1GE as per the incoming signal when auto sense is enabled. Default is OC48 when auto sense is disabled.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-AUTO:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::: AUTOSENSE=<AUTOSENSE>;

Input Example

ED-AUTO:CISCO:VFAC-2-1-1:CTAG:::AUTOSENSE=Y;

Input Parameters

<AID>

The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC AID.

<AUTOSENSE>

Specifies if auto sense must be enabled or disabled.

Y

Enables auto sense.

N

Disables auto sense.


13.13  ED-BITS

The Edit Building Integrated Timing Supply (ED-BITS) command edits the building integrated timing supply (BITS) reference attributes.

Usage Guidelines

The SYNC-BITS1 and SYNC-BITS2 AIDs can be used to set the BITS-OUT port state.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[SABIT=<SABIT>],[LBO=<LBO>], [SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>], [BITSFAC=<BITSFAC>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>][:<PST>];

Input Example

ED-BITS:SONOMA:BITS-2:779:::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=E1-MF,SYNCMSG=N,
,SABIT=BYTE-5,BITSFAC=E1,ADMSSM=G811:UNLOCKED

Table 13-10 ED-BITS Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "BITS" section.

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. The parameter type is LINE_CODE (line code).

AMI

Line code value is AMI.

B3ZS

Binary three-zero substitution.

B6ZS

Line code value is B6ZS.

B8ZS

Line code value is B8ZS.

HDB3

Line code value is HDB3. (Applicable only for NCS platform).

JBZS

JBZS

ZBTSI

ZBTSI

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal frame format. Defaults to E1-MF. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for an E1 port.

AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

D4

Frame format is D4

DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

E1-CRC

NCS E1 CRC frame format

E1-CRCMF

NCS E1 CRCMF frame format

E1-MF

NCS E1 MF frame

E1-FRAME

NCS E1-frame format

E1-UNFRAMED

NCS E1 unframed format

E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

ESF

Frame format is ESF

FRAMENA

FRAMENA

G-751

G-751

G-832

G-832

M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

M23

M23

SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed

<IMPEDANCE>

(Optional) Impedance is the total opposition that a circuit presents to alternating current. The maximum power transfer that takes place from the source to load when the impedance match.

120 ohms

120 ohm termination

100 ohms

100 ohm termination

75 ohms

75 ohm termination

<LBO>

(Optional) Line buildout settings. BITS line buildout. Default value is 0 to 133. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is BITS_LineBuildOut (BITS line buildout).

0-133

BITS line buildout range is 0-133.

134-266

BITS line buildout range is 134-266.

267-399

BITS line buildout range is 267-399.

400-533

BITS line buildout range is 400-533.

534-655

BITS line buildout range is 534-655.

<SYNCMSG>

(Optional) Indicates whether the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is on (Y). The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol.

<AISTHRSHLD>

(Optional) Alarm indication signal threshold. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for NCS.

DUS_NCS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

G811

G811 Standard

RES_NCS

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

G812T

G812T Standard

STU_NCS

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

G812TL

G812TL Standard

SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

<SABIT>

(Optional) When the frame format selection is E1, SABIT is the bit used to receive and transmit the SSM. The parameter type is SABITS (SA BITS).

BYTE-4

SABIT is BYTE-4.

BYTE-5

SABIT is BYTE-5.

BYTE-6

SABIT is BYTE-6.

BYTE-7

SABIT is BYTE-7.

BYTE-8

SABIT is BYTE-8.

<BITSFAC>

(Optional) BITS facility settings. BITS-2 always inherits the value of BITS-1. The parameter type is BITS_FAC, which is the BITS facility rate.

2 M

2 MHz rate

64 K

64 K rate

6 M

6 MHz rate

E1

E1 rate

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for NCS.

DUS_NCS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

G811

G811 Standard

RES_NCS

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

G812T

G812T Standard

STU_NCS

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

G812TL

G812TL Standard

SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service


13.14  ED-BULKROLL-<STM_TYPE>

The Edit Bulkroll for STM4, STM64, STM1, and STM16 command edits information about the rolling of traffic from one endpoint to another without interrupting service. This uses the FORCE option to force a valid signal. The only parameters that can be edited are RMODE and FORCE. The time slots cannot be edited. Use ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH> for single path level rolling. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

Bridge and Roll

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-BULKROLL-<STM_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<FROM>:<CTAG>:::
[RFROMSTART=<RFROMSTART>],[RTOSTART=<RTOSTART>],
[RFROMEND=<RFROMEND>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];

Input Example

ED-BULKROLL-STM16:CISCO:FAC-1-1:1:::RFROMSTART=VC3-1-1-1,
RTOSTART=VC3-1-1-1,RFROMEND=VC3-1-1-1,CMDMDE=FRCD;

Table 13-11 ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<FROM>

One of the end points. Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section for line level rolling and bulk rolling. Must not be null.

<RFROMSTART>

(Optional) The starting time slot in the source roll port. For bulk rolling only. The AID is from the "CrossConnectId1" section (VC or VC11).

<RFROMEND>

(Optional) The ending time slot in the source roll port. For bulk rolling only. The AID is from the "CrossConnectId1" section (VC or VC11).

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.


13.15  ED-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>

The Edit Bulkroll for OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, or OC768 (ED-BULROLL-<OCN_TYPE>) command edits information about the rolling of traffic from one endpoint to another without interrupting service. This command uses the FORCE option to force a valid signal. The only parameters that can be edited are RMODE and FORCE. The time slots cannot be edited. Use ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH> for single path level rolling.

Usage Guidelines

See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Category

Bridge and Roll

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<FROM>:<CTAG>:::
[RFROMSTART=<RFROMSTART>],[RFROMEND=<RFROMEND>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];

Input Example

ED-BULKROLL-OC48:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::RFROMSTART=STS-1-1-1,
RFROMEND=STS-1-1-11,CMDMDE=FRCD;

Input Parameters

<FROM>

One of the endpoints. Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section for line level rolling and bulk rolling.

<RFROMSTART>

The starting time slot in the source roll port. For bulk rolling only. The AID is from the "CrossConnectId1" section (except VCM and FACILITY). Defaults to STS-<FROMSLOT>-<FROMPORT>-1, where <FROMSLOT> and <FROMPORT> are the slot and port of the <FROM> AID.

<RFROMEND>

The ending time slot in the source roll port. For bulk rolling only. The AID is from the "CrossConnectId1" section (except VCM and FACILITY). Defaults to STS-<FROMSLOT>-<FROMPORT>-N, where <FROMSLOT> and <FROMPORT> are the slot and port of the <FROM> AID and N is the value of OCn. (for example, OC48, n=48).

<CMDMDE>

The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail.


13.16  ED-BWP-ETH

This command is used to modify a Bandwidth Profile entry in BWP DB. The BWP DB is a collection of BWP used in a Network Element.

Usage Guidelines

Error conditions for deleting bandwidth profile can be:

Invalid AID. If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

The "ALL" AID is invalid for this command.

The BWP having the specified AID should be present in the node, that is, already been entered by ENT-BWP-ETH command.

Category

ETHERNET

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-BWP-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[PBS=<PBS>],[PIR=<PIR>],[CFMSTATE=<CFM_STATE>][:];

Input Example

ED-BWP-ETH:ROCKS:BWP-10000:1:::NAME="MyBWP",CIR=10,CBS=1M,PBS=1M,PIR=20,CFMSTATE=Y;

Input Parameters

Table 13-12 ED-BWP-ETH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

This AID is used to access BWP.

BWP-ALL

All aid for BWP.

BWP-{1-10000}

Single AID for BWP. The valid identifiers ranges from 1 to 10000.

<NAME>

The BWP name. BWP name is a String.

<CIR>

Ingress committed information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0.

<CBS>

Ingress committed burst bucket size.

4K

4 Kbit bucket size

8K

16 Kbit bucket size

16K

32 Kbit bucket size

32K

64 Kbit bucket size

64K

128 Kbit bucket size

128K

256 Kbit bucket size

256K

512 Kbit bucket size

512K

1 Mbit bucket size

1M

2 Mbit bucket size

2M

4 Mbit bucket size

4M

8 Mbit bucket size

8M

16 Mbit bucket size

16M

16 Kbit bucket size

<PBS>

Ingress peak burst bucket size

4K

4 Kbit bucket size

8K

8 Kbit bucket size

16K

16 Kbit bucket size

32K

32 Kbit bucket size

64K

64 Kbit bucket size

128K

128 Kbit bucket size

256K

256 Kbit bucket size

512K

512 Kbit bucket size

1M

1 Mbit bucket size

2M

2 Mbit bucket size

4M

4 Mbit bucket size

8M

8 Mbit bucket size

16M

16 Mbit bucket size

<PIR>

Peak information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0.

<CFMSTATE>

Link Integrity status

Y

Enabled

N

Disabled


13.17  ED-CFM

The Edit Connectivity Fault Management (ED-CFM) command edits the Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) protocol at the port level.

Usage Guidelines

This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

Category

Port

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

ED-CFM:454-156:ETH-1-1-1:1:::CFMSTATE=enable;

Input Parameters

Table 13-13 ED-CFM Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<CFM_STATE>

Indicates whether the CFM is enabled or disabled on the port.

ENABLE

Indicates the CFM is enabled on the port.

DISABLE

Indicates the CFM is disabled on the port.


13.18  ED-CHGRP

The Edit Channel Group (ED-CHGRP) command edits the layer 2 channel group information of GE_XP and 10GE_XP ethernet cards.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are network element (NE) default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Channel Group

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[ATTACH=<ATTACH>],[DETACH=<DETACH>],[LACPMODE=<LACPMODE>],[HASHALGO=<HASHALGO>],[NIMODE=<NIMODE>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>],[ETHERCETYPE=<ETHERCETYPE>],[ETHERSTYPE=<ETHERSTYPE>],[BPDU=<BPDU>],[QNQMODE=<QNQMODE>],[TRNSPSVLAN=<TRNSP_SVLAN>],[MTU=<MTU>],[FLOWCONTROL=<FLOWCONTROL>],[SPEED=<SPEED>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[CIR=<CIR],[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];;

Input Example

ED-CHGRP::CHGRP-12-2:1:::ATTACH=ETH-12-5-1&ETH-12-1-1,LACPMODE=ON,HASHINGALGO=HASHING-UCAST-SA-DA-VLAN-INCOMING-PORT,NIMODE=UNI,MACLEARNING=Y,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=Y,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,MTU=9700,FLOWCTRL=ASYMMETRIC,SPEED=10_GBPS,EXPSPEED=1_GBPS,CIR=100,CBS=4K,EBS=4k;

Table 13-14 ED-CHGRP Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "CHGRP" section.

<NIMODE>

Identifies the Ethernet Network Interface Mode.

NNI

(Default) Network-Network Interface Mode

UNI

User-Network Interface Mode

<LACPMODE>

LACP mode values

ON

Manual mode of LACP

ACTIVE

Active mode of LACP

PASSIVE

Passive mode of LACP

<HASHINGALGO>

Hashing algorithm value

HASHING_SA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT

The Hashing Algorithm value is HASHING_SA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT.

HASHING_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT.

HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT.

HASHING_SRC_IP_TCP_UDP

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SRC_IP_TCP_UDP.

HASHING_DST_IP_TCP_UDP

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_DST_IP_TCP_UDP

HASHING_SRC_DST_ IP_TCP_UDP

The Hashing Algorithm is HASHING_SRC_DST_IP_TCP_UDP.

<MTU>

(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600.

10004

10004. Indicates jumbo size.

1500

1500

1548

1548

9600

9600. Indicates jumbo size.

64

64

9700

9700. Indicates jumbo size.

<ATTACH >

Ethernet AID for the ethernet port on GE_XP and 10GE_XP card.

<DETACH>

To remove or detach the port.

<SPEED>

(Optional) The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO.

100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

40_GBPS

40  Gigabit per second

AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex.

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

AUTO

Auto

<CIR>

Ingress committed information rate. The value ranges from 0.0 to 100.0. The default value is 100.0.

<CBS>

Ingress committed burst bucket size.

4K

4 Kbit bucket size

8K

16 Kbit bucket size

16K

32 Kbit bucket size

32K

64 Kbit bucket size

64K

128 Kbit bucket size

128K

256 Kbit bucket size

256K

512 Kbit bucket size

512K

1 Mbit bucket size

1M

2 Mbit bucket size

2M

4 Mbit bucket size

4M

8 Mbit bucket size

8M

16 Mbit bucket size

16M

16 Kbit bucket size

<EBS>

Ingress excess burst bucket size.

<MACLEARNING>

MAC Address Learning Mode. This activates the MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting.

Y

Enables the MAC learning on the interface.

N

Disables the MAC learning on the interface.

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

0 to 7

Set a Cos value

TRUST

Use the Customer COS

VLAN

The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)

<ETHERCETYPE>

Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<ETHERSTYPE>

Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<BPDU>

BPDU (Bridge Protocol Data Unit) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets.

Y

Enables the BPDU tag.

N

Disables the BPDU tag.

<QNQMODE>

This is used to represent the QinQ mode operations.

Selective

The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped.

Transparent

The S-VLAN tag is always performed where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed.

<TRNSPSVLAN>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<NAME>

(Optional) NAME is a string. User-assigned port name.


13.19  ED-CMD-SECU

The Edit Command Security (ED-CMD-SECU) command edits the command security level of a particular command.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Input Format

ED-CMD-SECU:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<CAP>;

Input Example

ED-CMD-SECU::INIT-REG:1::SUPER;

Table 13-15 ED-CMD-SECU Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier string. Identifies the entity in the NE to which the command pertains. It is the command verb along with verb modifier(s), as it currently exists. It can be a single command or a block of commands, where the block could include all commands. Only INIT-REG will be supported. AID is a string. It must not be null.

<CAP>

Command access privilege. It must not be null. The parameter type is PRIVILEGE, which is the security level.

PROV

Provision security level. 60 minutes of idle time.

SUPER

Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time.

ROOT_USER

Root user.

SEC_SUPER

Security super user.

SEC_USER

Security user.


13.20  ED-COS-ETH

The Edit Cost of Service Ethernet (ED-COS-ETH) command edits the egress parameter of a CoS table associated to an L2 Ethernet port.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-COS-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[QOSENABLED=<QOSENABLED>],[BW0=<BWO>],
[WEIGHT0=<WEIGHT0>],[BW1=<BW1>],[WEIGHT1=<WEIGHT1>],[BW2=<BW2>],
[WEIGHT2=<WEIGHT2>],[BW3=<BW3>],[WEIGHT3=<WEIGHT3>],[BW4=<BW4>],
[WEIGHT4=<WEIGHT4>],[BW5=<BW5>],[WEIGHT5=<WEIGHT5>],[BW6=<BW6>],
[WEIGHT6=<WEIGHT6>],[BW7=<BW7>],[WEIGHT7=<WEIGHT7>][:];

Input Example

ED-COS-ETH:PETALUMA:ETH-1-1-1:1:::QOSENABLED=Y,BW0=10,WEIGHT0=0,BW1=20,
WEIGHT1=2,BW2=40,WEIGHT2=4,BW3=60,WEIGHT3=6,BW4=70,WEIGHT4=8,BW5=80,
WEIGHT5=10,BW6=85,WEIGHT6=12,BW7=100,WEIGHT7=15:;

Table 13-16 ED-COS-ETH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<QOSENABLED>

Used to enable or disable the egress QOS policy of an L2 Ethernet port.

N

Disable the service.

Y

Enable the service.

<BW0>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT0>

Value represents the weighted round-robin (WRR) weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.

<BW1>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT1>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.

<BW2>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT2>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.

<BW3>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT3>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.

<BW4>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT4>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.

<BW5>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT5>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.

<BW6>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT6>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.

<BW7>

Bandwidth percentage, a value between 0 and 100.

<WEIGHT7>

Value represents the WRR weight associated to the COS values, an integer value between 0 and 15.


13.21  ED-CRS-<PATH>

The Edit Cross-Connection for VC3, VC44C, VC38C, VC464C, VC48C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC11, or VC12 (ED-CRS-<PATH>) command edits a cross-connect. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

ADD and REMOVE cannot be used together. The example provided is for informational purposes only. ADD and REMOVE are mutually exclusive.

Add/Remove drops is possible only on ONEWAY, SNCP_DROP, SNCP_DC, and SNCP_EN type of cross-connects (one-way only).

Traditional cross-connections cannot be upgraded to DRI cross-connections using the ED_CRS command.

CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID is 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL, this field will not appear.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

You cannot add or drop onto unidirectional connections on MS-SPRing DRI primary or secondary nodes.

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-CRS-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>::[<CCT>]:[ADD=<ADD>],
[REMOVE=<REMOVE>],[CKTID=<CKTID>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-CRS-VC4::VC4-1-1-1,VC4-2-1-1:1:::ADD=VC4-13-1-1,REMOVE=VC4-2-1-1,CKTID=CKTID
CMDMDE=FRCD:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-17 ED-CRS-<PATH> Command- Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

Source AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section.

<DST>

Destination AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section.

<CCT>

(Optional) Type of connection. Used for specifying one or two-way connections. The parameter type is CCT, which is the type of cross-connect to be created.

1WAY

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary

1WAYDC

SNCP multicast drop (one-way continue)

1WAYEN

SNCP multicast end node (one-way continue)

1WAYMON

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

Note 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects and can be retrieved through TL1.

1WAYPCA

A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber

2WAY

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries

2WAYDC

A bidirectional drop-and-continue connection applicable only to SNCP traditional and integrated DRIs

2WAYPCA

A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber

DIAG

Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (MS-SPRing PCA diagnostics cross-connect).

<ADD>

(Optional) AID from the "AidUnionId" section.

<REMOVE>

(Optional) AID from the "AidUnionId" section.

<CKTID>

(Optional) Circuit identification that contains the common language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Cannot contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.22  ED-CRS-ETH

This command modifies an ethernet connection relationship between two or more ethernet connection end points inside the ethernet facilities.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value use RTRV-XX command to retrieve them.

The ethernet connection end point identifier must be the same for all the ethernet ports inside the connection and must be kept the same for all the ethernet circuit.

CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL this field is not displayed

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

The "ALL" AID is invalid for this command.

Category

ETHERNET

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-CRS-ETH:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[ADD=<ADD>],[REMOVE=<REMOVE>],[CKTID=<CKTID>][:];

Input Example

ED-CRS-ETH:KARTHIK:ETH-1-1-1-12,ETH-1-21-1-12:1:::CKTID=NEW,ADD=ETH-1-2-1;

Table 13-18 ED-CRS-ETH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

Ethernet connection identifier AIDs used to access L2 ethernet connection end point.

ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands.

ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1-{1-20}

Ethernet connection end point aid for GE-XP card.

ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1-{1-20}

Facility AID for 10GE-XP card.

<DST>

Ethernet connection identifier AIDs are used to access L2 ethernet connection end point

ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands.

ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1-{1-20}

Ethernet connection end point aid for GE-XP card.

ETHID[-{1-12}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1-{1-20}

Facility aid for 10GE-XP card.

<ADD>

The AID AidUnionId. Default value is - NULL

<REMOVE>

The AID AidUnionId. Default value is - "NULL".

<CKTID>

Circuit identification parameter contains the Common Language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Default value is - "NULL"


13.23  ED-DAT

The Edit Date and Time (ED-DAT) command edits the date and time.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-DAT:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<DATE>],[<TIME>];

Input Example

ED-DAT:CISCO::1234::99-12-21,14-35-15;

Input Parameters

<DATE>

(Optional) Date. DATE is a string.

<TIME>

(Optional) Time. TIME is a string.


13.24  ED-DS3I

The Edit DS3I (ED-DS3I) command edits the attributes of a DS3i-N-12 facility.

Usage Guidelines

The following actions will return error messages:

Sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute while the port has a cross-connection or the port/VT has a test access point (TAP or TACC Number) will return the IPNC (Parameters Not Compatible) error message.

Editing the TACC through the ED-xxx command is only allowed if there are no circuits or cross-connects on the port and the port or VT does not have a test access point (TAP or TACC Number). Otherwise, an error message will be returned.


NoteThis command is not allowed if the card is a protect card. TACC creation will be denied on protect ports/cards.

Automatic application of loopbacks originating from the far end can be inhibited on the ports of a DS3i-N-12 card.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.


You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state from any state except Locked-Disabled,Maintenance. To transition a facility from Locked-Disabled,Maintenance to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:

The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock

The facility's DCC is disabled

The facility is not part of a protection group

The facility is not supporting cross-connects

The facility is not using overhead connections or overhead terminations (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs])


Note The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.


Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-DS3I:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FMT=<FMT>],[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[LBO=<LBO>],
[INHFELPBK=<INHFELPBK>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],
[SDBER=<SDBER>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-DS3I:CISCO:FAC-1-2:1:::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B8ZS,LBO=0-255,INHFELPBK=N,
TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,NAME="DS3I PORT",
CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-19 ED-DS3I Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

C-BIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3i-N-12 cards.

M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3i-N-12 cards.

UNFRAMED

Line type is unframed.

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. Defaults to B8ZS. The parameter type is DS_LINE_CODE.

AMI

Line code value is AMI.

B8ZS

Line code value is B8ZS.

HDB3

Line code value is HDB3.

<LBO>

(Optional) Line buildout settings. LBO is an integer. Defaults to 0-255. The parameter type is E_LBO, which is the electrical signal line buildout.

0-225

Electrical signal line buildout range is 0-225.

226-450

Electrical signal line buildout range is 226-450.

<INHFELPBK>

(Optional) Far-end loopback inhibition attribute of the port. If it is Y, the automatic far-end loopbacks are inhibited. It is either on or off. Defaults to Y. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<TACC>

(Optional) TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. TACC is an integer.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

<SFBER>

(Optional) Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. Defaults to 32. SOAK is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) Maximum length is 32 characters. NAME is a string. Defaults to Null.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Not assigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.25  ED-DSCP-<MOD2>

The Edit ETH or CHGRP (ED-DSCP-<MOD2>) command edits Differentiated Service Code Points (DSCP) to COS conversion table associated to a L2 ethernet port or a channel group.

Usage Guidelines

This command is applicable when the INGRESSCOS parameter is set to DSCP value on the ethernet port or channel group.

Category

Ethernet or Channel Group

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-DSCP-MOD2:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<COS>:DSCPFIRST=<DSCP_FIRST>,DSCPLAST=<DSCP_LAST>[:];

Input Example

ED-DSCP-ETH::ETH-5-1-1:1234::3:DSCPFIRST=26,DSCPLAST=30;

ED-DSCP-CHGRP::CHGRP-5-1:1::3:DSCPFIRST=26,DSCPLAST=30;

Table 13-20 ED-DSCP-MOD2 Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier.

Ethernet

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

Channel Group

Access identifier from the "CHGRP" section.

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

0 to 7

Set a Cos value

DSCP

The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table.

TRUST

Use the Customer COS

VLAN

The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)

<DSCPFIRST>

DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0

<DSCPLAST>

DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0.


13.26  ED-E1

The Edit E1(ED-E1) command edits the attributes of an E1 facility.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute while the port has a cross-connect or the port/VT has a test access point (TAP or TACC Number), will return the IPNC (Parameters Not Compatible) error message.


Note TACC creation will be denied on the protect ports/cards.


You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state from any state except Locked-Disabled,Maintenance. To transition a facility from Locked-Disabled,Maintenance to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:

The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock

The facility's DCC is disabled

The facility is not supporting cross-connects


Note The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.


Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-E1[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CLKSRC=<CLKSRC>],[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[SABIT=<SABIT>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-E1:CISCO:FAC-2-1:1:::LINECDE=HDB3,FMT=E1-MF,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,
SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,NAME="E1 PORT",CMDMDE=NORM,
SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,RETIME=Y,ADMSSM=STU_NCS,
SABIT=BYTE-4:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-21 ED-E1 Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<CLKSRC>

Clock source

INTERNAL

INTERNAL

LOOPBACK TIMING

LOOPBACK TIMING

SYNCE

SYNCE

ADAPTIVE

ADAPTIVE

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. Defaults to HDB3. The parameter type is LINE_CODE (line code). (Applicable only for NCS platform).

AMI

Line code value is AMI.

B3ZS

Binary three-zero substitution.

B6ZS

Line code value is B6ZS.

B8ZS

Line code value is B8ZS.

HDB3

Line code value is HDB3. (Applicable only for NCS platform).

JBZS

JBZS

ZBTSI

ZBTSI

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal frame format. Defaults to E1-MF. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for an E1 port.

AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

D4

Frame format is D4

DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

E1-CRCMF

NCS E1 CRCMF frame format

E1-MF

NCS E1 MF frame

E1-UNFRAMED

NCS E1 unframed format

E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

ESF

Frame format is ESF

FRAMENA

FRAMENA

G-751

G-751

G-832

G-832

M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

M23

M23

SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed

<TACC>

(Optional) TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. TACC is an integer.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. Defaults to DUAL. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. Defaults to 32. SOAK is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<SYNCMSG>

(Optional) Synchronization status messaging is enabled or disabled on the E1 facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<SENDDUS>

(Optional) The facility will send the DUS value as the synchronization status message for that facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<RETIME>

(Optional) Indicates if retiming is needed. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

No

Y

Yes

<ADMSSM>

(Optional) The administrative synchronization status message. Defaults to STU_NCS. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level.

DUS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

DUS_NCS

Do Not Use For Synchronization

G811

G811 Standard

G812T

G812T Standard

STU_NCS

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

G812TL

G812TL Standard

SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

<SABIT>

(Optional) When the frame format selection is E1, SABIT is the bit used to receive and transmit the SSM. The parameter type is SABITS (SA BITS).

BYTE-4

SABIT is BYTE-4.

BYTE-5

SABIT is BYTE-5.

BYTE-6

SABIT is BYTE-6.

BYTE-7

SABIT is BYTE-7.

BYTE-8

SABIT is BYTE-8.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.27  ED-E3

The Edit E3 (ED-E3) command edits the attributes of an E3 facility.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute while the port has a cross-connect or the port or VT has a test access point (TAP or TACC Number) will return the IPNC (Parameters Not Compatible) error message.


Note TACC creation will be denied on the protect ports and cards.


You cannot directly transition a facility from IS to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state. You can transition a facility to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state from any state except Locked-Disabled,Maintenance. To transition a facility from Locked-Disabled,Maintenance to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD service state, all the following conditions must be met:

The facility is not sourcing a synchronization clock

The facility's DCC is disabled

The facility is not supporting cross-connects


Note The conditions stipulated can be overridden by using the CMDMDE=FRCD option. The FRCD option will immediately remove the facility from service (except for IS to Locked-Disabled,DSBLD transition) with no consideration for orderly interruption.


Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-E3[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CLKSRC=<CLKSRC>],[FMT=<FMT>],[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-E3:CISCO:E3-1-2:1:::TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,
NAME="E3 PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE, UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-22 ED-E3 Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

FACILITY

Facility

TERMINAL

Terminal

OFF

Off

ALL

All

<CLKSRC>

Clock Source

INTERNAL

INTERNAL

LOOPBACK TIMING

LOOPBACK TIMING

SYNCE

SYNCE

ADAPTIVE

ADAPTIVE

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal frame format. Defaults to E1-MF. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for an E1 port.

AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

FRAMENA

FRAMENA

G-751

G-751

G-832

G-832

M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

M23

M23

SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. Defaults to HDB3. The parameter type is LINE_CODE (line code). (Applicable only for NCS platform).

B3ZS

Binary three-zero substitution.

B6ZS

B6ZS

JBZS

JBZS

ZBTSI

ZBTSI

<TACC>

(Optional) TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. TACC is an integer.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. Defaults to DUAL. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

<SFBER>

(Optional) Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals.Defaults to 32. SOAK is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.28  ED-E4

The Edit E4 (ED-E4) command edits the attributes of an E4 facility. Currently this is only applicable to STM1E Ports 9 to 12 when they are in E4-FRAMED or E4-UNFRAMED mode.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-E4:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],
[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-E4:CISCO1:FAC-6-1:114:::SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,NAME="E4 PORT",
CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-23 ED-E4 Command Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<SFBER>

(Optional) Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals.Defaults to 32. SOAK is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.29  ED-EFM

The Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (ED-EFM) command edits the ethernet OAM parameters on the front end port of the fast (10/100 Mbps) ethernet card.

Usage Guidelines

The EFMSTATE parameter should be "enabled" for the facility by ED-FSTE to edit the EFM parameters.

You cannot enable or disable the remote loopback through the local interface on the remote OAM peer entity if any other type of loopback (facility/terminal) is already configured on the local interface.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-EFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[STATE=<STATE>],[MODE=<MODE>],[LFACTION=<LFACTION>],[SESSIONTIMER=<SESSIONTIMER>];

Input Example

ED-EFM::ETH-12-1-1:1:::MODE=PASSIVE,LFACTION=ERROR-BLOCK,DGACTION=ERROR-BLOCK,SESSIONTIMER=40;

Table 13-24 ED-EFM Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<STATE>

Indicates whether the EFM is enabled or disabled on the port.

ENABLE

Indicates the EFM is enabled on the port.

DISABLE

Indicates the EFM is disabled on the port.

<MODE>

Indicates the mode of the EFM port.

ACTIVE

The port is in the active state.

PASSIVE

The port is in the passive state.

<LFACTION>

Action to be taken for the failure of the link on the port.

RFIACTION-NONE

No action.

ERROR-BLOCK

Block the port.

<SESSIONTIMER>

Session expire timer for EFM (in seconds).


13.30  ED-ETH

The Edit Ethernet (ED-ETH) command edits the front-end port information of a 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet card.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX is not set to AUTO mode.


Note This command is available in Software Release 8.0.1 and later. It is not available in R8.0.0 and earlier.


Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FLOW=<FLOW>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[VLANCOS=<VLANCOSTHRESHOLD>],[IPTOS=<IPTOSTHRESHOLD>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SUPPRESS=<SUPPRESS>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-ETH:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::FLOW=FLOW,EXPDUPLEX=EXPDUPLEX,
SELECTIVEAUTO=SELECTIVEAUTO, EXPSPEED=EXPSPEED,
VLANCOS=VLANCOS,IPTOS=IPTOS,NAME="ETHPORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,
SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y,LITIMER=200:IS,AINS;

Table 13-25 ED-ETH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<FACILITY>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<FLOW

(Optional) Flow. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<EXPDUPLEX>

(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode.

AUTO

Auto mode

FULL

Full mode

HALF

Half mode

<SELECTIVEAUTO>

(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only.

Y

Enable selective auto-negotiation.

N

Disable selective auto-negotiation.

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

10_MBPS

10 Megabits per second

1_GBPS

1 Gigabit per second

40_GBPS

40  Gigabit per second

AUTO

Auto

AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex.

<VLANCOS>

(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on VLAN class of service for incoming Ethernet packets. VLANCOS is an integer.

<IPTOS>

(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on IP type of service for incoming Ethernet packets. IPTOS is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) Name. NAME is a string.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

<SUPPRESS>

Pre-service alarm flag for data ports.

ON

Enable suppress.

OFF

Disable suppress. Default is Off.

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.31  ED-EQPT

The Edit Equipment (ED-EQPT) command edits the attributes for a given equipment slot in the NE. If the card is in an equipment slot, this command is allowed only on the working AID. The ED-EQPT command also modifies a shelf role from NC to SC on an NE configured in multishelf mode.

Usage Guidelines

The PROTID parameter indicates the unique identifier of the protection group (the protect card). "NULL" is a special value of the PROTID parameter and indicates absence of a protection group. For the 1:1 protection type, RVRTV and RVTM parameters can be changed. For the 1:1 protection type, if the PROTID parameter is entered as "NULL", the protection group is deleted, as shown in the following example:

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

For the 1:N protection type, if the PROTID is "NULL", the AIDs in the list are removed from the protection group. If all the working cards are in the AID list, the protection group is deleted.

For example, if Slot 1, Slot 2, and Slot 4 were the only working cards in the protection group, the following command will remove Slot 4 from the protection group:

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-4:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

The protection group still has Slot 1 and Slot 2 as working cards.

The following command will remove all the other working cards in the preceding example and consequently delete the protection group itself:

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2&SLOT-1:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

The ED-EQPT command can be successfully executed on an already provisioned card to add or remove a working card from a protection group. This command is not valid on a protect card. Only cards can be added to or removed from a protection group. Protection type is immutable and is determined at the time of creation of a protection group (while adding the first working card). After it is provisioned, the equipment type cannot be edited either.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

The following examples show how to add an existing card to a protection group using the ED-EQPT command:

1:1 protection group:

ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=9.0;

1:N protection group:

ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-3,PRTYPE=1-N,RVTM=6.5;

Error conditions for editing a 1:1 or 1:N protection group could be:

Editing the PRTYPE or PROTID (non-NULL value) parameters.

Editing RVRTV or RVTM when no protection group exists.

Editing RVRTV for 1:N protection.

Failed to remove, currently switched to protect.

The DS3i-N-12 card's provisioning is based on the cross-connect type and the DS3i-N-1 card's location. CARDMODE provisioning is allowed on the DS3i-N-12 and ML-Series cards as follows:

The DS3i-N-12 card in the lower speed I/O slot with the cross-connect card only allows the DS3I-VC32 CARDMODE. Other cases allow the CARDMODE to be DS3I-VC-4-16.

There is no card reboot if the CARDMODE is changed on the DS3i-N-12 card.

The DS3i-N-12 card can be upgraded or downgraded by changing the CARDMODE with the ED-EQPT command.

CMDMDE provisioning behaves as follows:

If the command mode (CMDMDE) is set to NORM during the creation of a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, all cards must be physically plugged in and in the service state (IS). If the cards are not physically plugged in and are not in ready state, the command is denied with an appropriate error message. CMDMDE=FRCD will override the default behavior and allow creation of protection group regardless of the physical presence and ready state of cards.

If the command mode is set to NORM during the removal of a card in a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, there must be no cross-connects (for example, services) present on the card. CMDMDE=FRCD will override the default behavior and allow deletion of protection group regardless of presence of cross-connects on the card.

On the FC_MR-4 card, the card mode cannot be changed to FCMR-LINERATE when the payload on any port is 1GFICON or 2GFICON. These payloads are allowed only in Distance Extension Card Mode.

Category

Equipment

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-EQPT[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::PROTID=<PROTID>],[PRTYPE=<PRTYPE>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[CARDMODE=<CARDMODE>],[PEERID=<PEERID>],[REGENNAME=<REGENNAME>],[PEERNAME=<PEERNAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[RETIME=<RETIME>],[SHELFROLE=<SHELFROLE>],[NEWSHELFID=<NEWSHELFID>],[FRPROLE=<FRPROLE>],[FRPSTATE=<FRPSTATE>],[FRPHOLDOFFTIME=<FRPHOLDOFFTIME>],[ADMINCVLAN=<ADMINCVLAN>],[ADMINSVLAN=<ADMINSVLAN>],[CFMSTATE=<CFMSTATE>],[CCTIMER=<CCTIMER>],[PROTOPMODE=<PROTOPMODE>],[SWITCHWITHCRCALARM=<SWITCHWITHCRCALARM>],[CRCTHR=<CRCTHR>],[CRCPOLLINTRVL=<CRCPOLLINTRVL>],[CRCSOAKCNT=<CRCSOAKCNT>],[USB=<USB>],[LEDSTATE=<LEDSTATE>],[CLOCKTYPE=<CLOCKTYPE>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-EQPT::SLOT-15:a::CARDMODE=GEXP-L2ETH,SWITCHWITHCRCALARM=Y;

ED-EQPT::SLOT-15:a::CARDMODE=GEXP-L2ETH,CRCPOLLINTRVL=4;

ED-EQPT::SLOT-3:12:::LEDSTATE=Y,CLOCKTYPE=TNC;

Table 13-26 ED-EQPT Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "EQPT" section.

<CMDMDE>

The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail.

<CARDMODE>

Defines the card mode.

10GLANWAN-LINE-SQUELCH

Changes the card mode from LAN to WAN.

DS1E1-DS1ONLY

DS1 mode on DS1E1 card.

DS1E1-E1ONLY

E1 mode on DS1E1 card.

DS1E1-E1MIXED

Hybrid/E1-retimed port usage profile.

DS1E1-DS1MIXED

Hybrid/DS1-retimed port usage profile.

DS3XM12-STS12

Indicates the DS3XM-12 card in the STS12 back plane rate mode.

DS3XM12-STS48

Indicates the DS3XM-12 card in the STS12 back plane rate mode.

NCS-LINE

Line terminating mode.

NCS-SECTION

Section terminating mode.

NCS-TRANS-AIS

Transparent mode AIS.

NCS-TRANS-SQUELCH

Transparent mode SQUELCH.

FCMR-DISTEXTN

FC-MR-4 card with Distance Extension support.

FCMR-LINERATE

FC-MR-4 card without Distance Extension support.

ML-GFP

ML1 series card in DOS FPGA using GFP framing type.

ML-HDLC

ML1 series card in DOS FPGA using HDLC framing type.

ML-IEEE-RPR

ML1 series card in DOS FPGA which supports Resilient Packet Ring (RPR).

MXPMR25G-FCGE

Fiber channel or GIGE mode for the MXP-MR-2.5G.

MXPMR10DME-FCGEISC

Fiber channel, GIGE, or ISC mode for the Cisco ONS  MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series.

MXPMR10DME-FCGEISC-4GFC

1..4 facilities with fiber channel, GIGE, or ISC traffic mode and facility 5 with 4 Gbps fiber channel traffic mode for the MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series.

MXPMR10DME-4GFC-FCGEISC

Facility 1 with 4 Gbps fiber channel traffic mode and 5..8 facilities with fiber channel, GIGE, or ISC traffic mode for the MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series.

MXPMR10DME-4GFC

4 Gbps fiber channel traffic mode for the MXP-MR-10DME, MXP-MR-10DMEX card series.

PSM-NORMAL

PSM working in classic configuration.

PSM-STANDALONE

PSM working in stand-alone mode.

AMPL-BST

Booster mode for amplifier cards: OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C and OPT-AMP-23-C cards.

AMPL-PRE

Pre-amplifier mode for amplifier cards: OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C and OPT-AMP-23-C cards.

10GEXP-TXP

10GE-XP behaves as two separate transponders, where client 1 is associated to trunk 3 and client 2 is associated to trunk 4.

10GEXP-L2ETH

10GE-XP behaves as an L2 Ethernet switch.

GEXP-10x1Gx2-MXP

GE-XP behaves as a double Muxponder having ten 1 Gbps client facilities with one trunk. The first 10 GIGE clients are associated to the first trunk (21), while GIGE facilities from 11 to 20 are associated to trunk 22.

GEXP-20x1G-MXP

GE-XP behaves as a single Muxponder having ten 1 Gbps client facilities with one trunk. Only the first 10 GIGE clients are associated to the first trunk (21) while the other facilities are unused.

GEXP-L2ETH

GE-XP behaves as an L2 Ethernet Switch.

CEMR-AUTO

Auto allocation of back-end channels for CE-MR-10

CEMR-MANUAL

Manual allocation of back-end channels for CE-MR-10

UNKNOWN

Unknown.

WXC80-BIDI

80-WXC-C working in bidirectional mode.

WXC80-DMX

80-WXC-C working as demultiplexer.

WXC80-MUX

80-WXC-C working as multiplexer.

40G-MXP-MUXPONDER

40G-MXP-MUXPONDER working as multiplexer.

40G-MXP-UNIDIR-REGEN

40G-MXP-UNIDIR-REGEN working as regenerator.

<FRPHOLDOFFTIME>

Indicates the hold off timer value. The protection does not start until the hold off time expires.

100-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 100 milliseconds.

1-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 1milisecond.

200-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 200 milliseconds.

2-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 2 milliseconds.

500-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 500 milliseconds.

50-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 50 milliseconds.

5-MSEC

Indicates the hold off timer value as 50 milliseconds.

DISABLED

Indicates that the hold off timer is disabled.

<ADMINCVLAN>

Customer VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINCVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN.

<ADMINSVLAN

>

Service provider VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINSVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN.

<CFMSTATE>

Link Integrity status.

Y

Enabled

N

Disabled

<CCTIMER>

Indicates continuity check message timer.

ONE-MIN

1 minute.

ONE-SEC

1 second.

TEN-SEC

10 seconds.

<PROTOPMODE>

PROTOPMODE

<FRPROLE>

Indicates the fast ring protection enable mode for GE-XP/10GE-XP units involved in a protection scheme.

MASTER

Role is of card master of the ring.

SLAVE

Role is of card slave of the ring.

<FRPSTATE>

Indicates the fast ring protection enable state.

DISABLED

Disabled protection

ENABLED

Enabled protection

FORCED

Forced protection

<NEWSHELFID>

(Optional) New shelf identifier is used to change the value of the shelf identifier for the addressed shelf. The value must be different by one and can be in the range from two to eight. This field can only be changed if (in the same command) the SHELFROLE is equal to SC. Integer.

<PEERID>

The regeneration peer slot from the "EQPT" section.

<PROTID>

(Optional) Protection group name. PROTID is a string.

<REGENNAME>

The name of a regeneration group. REGENNAME is a string.

<RETIME>

(Optional) Indicates the RETIME function for all the facilities on this card. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). (Supported on the DS1/E1-56 card.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N, non-revertive.

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<SWITCHWITHCRCALARM>

Switch the GZ card with CRC Alarms

<CRCTHR>

CRC threshold values beyond which alarms are raised. The available threshold values are 10E-2, 10E-3, and 10E-4.

<CRCPOLLINTRVL>

Interval of time after which the polling starts.

<CRCSOAKCNT>

Number of poll cycles during which defect is integrated. The value ranges from 3 to 10.

<USB>

Identifies the USB port where a passive unit is connected.

<CLOCKTYPE>

The parameter type is CLOCKTYPE. Sets the clock type.

INTERNAL

Clock type set to INTERNAL.

TNC

Clock type set to TNC.

<LEDSTATE>

LED state.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SHELFROLE>

The role of the shelf in the context of the node. When it is omitted it defaults to SC. The parameter is SHELF_ROLE.

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.32  ED-FAC

The Edit Facility (ED-FAC) command edits the payload (or signal) type of a facility.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FAC:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[PAYLOAD=<PAYLOAD>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-FAC:CISCO:FAC-3-9:2222:::PAYLOAD=E4-FRAMED,
CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-27 ED-FAC Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<PAYLOAD>

(Optional) Payload. The parameter type is PAYLOAD, which identifies payload type.

E4 Framed

E4 Framed facility

E4 Unframed

E4 Unframed facility

STM 1E

STM 1E facility

E3

E3 facility

T3

T3 facility

OC3

OC3 facility

OC12

OC12 facility

OC48

OC48 facility

<CMDMDE>

Command mode. Defaults to NORM. The parameter type is CMDMDE, which forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Maintenance

Maintenance mode


13.33  ED-FFP-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>

The Edit Facility Protection Group for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, FSTE, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, OTU3, OTU1, OTU2, OTU4, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (ED-FFP-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>) command edits the operating parameters for a NCS client facility.

Usage Guidelines

Y-cable with bidirectional protection is applicable only for ISC3STP1G and ISC3STP2G payloads on the AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.

Y-cable with unidirectional protection is applicable only for payloads other than ISC3STP1G and ISC3STP2G on the AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.

The command does not support 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, and AUTO payloads on AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FFP-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-OTU1:CISCO:VFAC-1-1-1:100:::PROTID=DC-METRO,RVRTV=N,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;

Table 13-28 ED-FFP-<MOD2NCSPAYLOAD> Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC AID.

<PROTAID>

(Optional) The protection group identifier (protection group name). Defaults to the protecting port AID of the protection group. PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. PROTAID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection-switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 9.5

Revertive time is 0.5 to 9.5 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI. The parameter type is UNI_BI (unidirectional or bidirectional switch operations).

Note The MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards do not support bidirectional switching.

BI

Bidirectional protection switching

UNI

Unidirectional protection switching


13.34  ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

The Edit Facility Protection Group for STM1, STM4, STM16, or STM64 (ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE) command edits the optical facility protection. See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.


Note This command can be used on both protecting and working AIDs.


Category

Protection

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>],[:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-STM1:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::PROTID=PROT_NAME,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
PSDIRN=BI;

Table 13-29 ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<PROTAID>

(Optional) The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. PROTAID is a string.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. Indicates the switch mode. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode.

BI

Bidirectional

NONE

Not in transponder mode

UNI

Unidirectional

<VRGRDTM>

(Optional) Verification guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 verification guard timer.

0.5

500 ms

1.0

1 second

<DTGRDTM>

(Optional) Detection guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is DETECTION _GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 detection guard timer.

0.0

0 seconds

0.05

50 ms

0.1

100 ms

0.5

500 ms

1.0 to 5.0

1 second to 5 seconds

<RCGRDTM>

(Optional) Recovery guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer.

0.0

0 seconds

0.05

50 ms

0.1

100 ms

0.5

500 ms

1.0 to 10.0

1 second to 10 seconds


13.35  ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>

The Edit Facility Protection Group for OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, or OC768 (ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>) command edits the optical facility protection.

Usage Guidelines

See Table 29-1 for supported modifiers by platform.


NoteThis command can be used on both protecting and working AIDs. Optimized 1+1 and related attributes.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command obtain the current value.

Category

Protection

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>],[VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>],
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>],[RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>][:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-OC3:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::PROTID=PROT_NAME,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
PSDIRN=BI,VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<PROTAID>

The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. It is a string.

<RVRTV>

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

Protection switch operation. Indicates the switch mode. Defaults to UNI. The parameter type is UNI_BI (unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations).

BI

Bidirectional protection switching

UNI

Unidirectional protection switching

<VRGRDTM>

Verification guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER (optimized 1+1 verification guard timer).

0.5

500 milliseconds

1.0

1 second

<DTGRDTM>

Detection guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is DETECTION _GUARD_TIMER (optimized 1+1 detection guard timer).

0.0

0 seconds

0.05

50 milliseconds

0.1

100 milliseconds

0.5

500 milliseconds

1.0 to 5.0

1 second to 5 seconds

<RCGRDTM>

Recovery guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER (optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer).

0.0

0 seconds

0.05

50 milliseconds

0.1

100 milliseconds

0.5

500 milliseconds

1.0 to 10.0

1 second to 10 seconds


13.36  ED-FFP-OCH

The Edit Facility Protection Group Optical Channel (ED-FFP-OCH) command changes the provisioning for the default protection group on the NCS port of a TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FFP-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-OCH:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100:::PROTID="FIXED PROTECTION",RVRTV=N,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;

Table 13-30 ED-FPP-OCH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section.

<PROTAID>

(Optional) The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode.

BI

Bidirectional

NONE

Not in transponder mode

UNI

Unidirectional


13.37  ED-FFP-OTS

The Edit Facility Protection Group OTS (ED-FFP-OTS) command changes provisioning for the Y-cable or splitter protection group on the OTU2-XP card

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FFP-OTS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-OTS:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100:::PROTID="FIXED PROTECTION",RVRTV=N,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;

Table 13-31 Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section.

<PROTAID>

The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID is a string.

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<PSDIRN>

(Optional) Protection switch operation. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode.

BI

Bidirectional

NONE

Not in transponder mode

UNI

Unidirectional


13.38  ED-FOG

The Edit Fan-Out-Group (ED-FOG) command adds and deletes the members connecting to the CPT 50 panel and applied on the carrier packet transport (CPT) system.

Usage Guidelines

The interfaces that can be attached should be valid for the FOG. At least one interface must be always attached to the FOG.

Category

Equipment

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FOG[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::ATTACH=<ATTACH>],[DETACH=<DETACH>],[QUEUEMODE=<QUEUEMODE>],[PBNAME=<PBNAME>];

Input Examples

ED-FOG::FOG-1-36:1:::ATTACH=FAC-2-2-1;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the "EQPT" section.

<ATTACH>

AID of the fabric and line card ports used as the Fan-out members. This is the AID of the interface to be attached to the FOG.

<DETACH>

AID of the fabric and line card ports used as the Fan-out members. This is the AID of the interface to be detached from the FOG.

<QUEUEMODE>

QUEUEMODE

NOPRI

NOPRI

STRICT

STRICT

<PBNAME>

PBNAME


13.39  ED-FSTE

The Edit Fast Ethernet (ED-FSTE) command edits the front end port information of the Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbps) card.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX is not set to AUTO mode.

Squelch can either be enabled or set to transparent on FE.


Note For the ML-100T-8 card, only the NAME parameter can be set.


Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-FSTE:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[FLOW=<FLOW>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[VLANCOS=<VLANCOSTHRESHOLD>],[IPTOS=<IPTOSTHRESHOLD>],[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SUPPRESS=<SUPPRESS>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>],[OSC=<OSC>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],[MTU=<MTU>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCH>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-FSTE:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::FLOW=Y,EXPDUPLEX=HALF,EXPSPEED=10_MBPS,
SELECTIVEAUTO=Y,VLANCOS=2,IPTOS=4,NAME="FSTEPORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,
SUPPRESS=Y,SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y,LITIMER=200:IS,AINS;

Table 13-32 ED-FSTE Command- Parameter Support

Input Parameter s
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier.

<FLOW>

(Optional) Flow control. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<EXPDUPLEX>

(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode.

AUTO

Auto mode

FULL

Full mode

HALF

Half mode

<EXPSPEED>

(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed.

100_MBPS

100 Megabits per second

10_GBPS

10 Gigabits per second

40_GBPS

40 Gigabits per second

AUTO_FDX

Enable auto negotiation with full duplex.

<SELECTIVEAUTO>

Auto-negotiation.

Y

Enable selective auto-negotiation.

N

Disable selective auto-negotiation.

<VLANCOS>

(Optional) Priority queuing threshold based on VLAN class of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 1175. VLANCOS is an integer.

<IPTOS>

(Optional) Priority queuing threshold based on IP type of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 368. IPTOS is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) Name. NAME is a string.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<SUPPRESS>

Pre-service alarm flag for data ports.

ON

Enable suppress.

OFF

Disable suppress. Default is Off.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer.

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms.

<FREQ>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength.

1310

Wavelength 1310.

1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

<LOSSB>

(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values.

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

FE-BX

FE-BX

FX

FX

GE-BX

GE-BX

GE-EX

GE-EX

LX-10

LX-10

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

AUTOPROV

Auto provisioning

CWDM

Coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM)

CWDM-40KM

CWDM 40 kilometers.

CX1

Reach CX1

LR

Reach LR

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LX

Reach LX

P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

SC

Reach SC

SR

Reach SR

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

ULH

Reach ULH

VSR

Reach VSR

<CIR>

Ingress committed information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0.

<CBS>

Ingress committed burst bucket size.

4K

4 Kbit bucket size

8K

8 Kbit bucket size

16K

16 Kbit bucket size

32K

32 Kbit bucket size

64K

64 Kbit bucket size

128K

128 Kbit bucket size

256K

256 Kbit bucket size

512K

512 Kbit bucket size

1M

1 Mbit bucket size

2M

2 Mbit bucket size

4M

4 Mbit bucket size

8M

8 Mbit bucket size

16M

16 Mbit bucket size

<EBS>

Ingress excess burst bucket size.

<OSC>

To enable or disable the OSC on the port.

<AUTONEG>

Automatic negotiation. Defaults to Y. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute.

<MTU>

(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects

NONE

Transparent

SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AINS

Automatic in service

DSBLD

Disabled

LPBK

Loopback

MEA

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

MT

Maintenance mode

OOG

Out of group

SWDL

Software downloading

UAS

Unassigned

UEQ

Unequipped


13.40  ED-FTPSERVER

The Edit FTP Server (ED-FTPSERVER) command edits FTP server entries.

Usage Guidelines

This command is used to edit only the ENABLE and TIMER parameters.

Category

ENE

Security

Superuser

Input Format

ED-FTPSERVER:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::IPADDR=<IPADDR>,[ENABLE=<ENABLE>],
[TIMER=<TIMER>];

Input Examples

1. ED-FTPSERVER:::A:::IPADDR=10.20.30.40,ENABLE=Y,TIMER=30;

2. ED-FTPSERVER:TID::CTAG:::IPADDR="[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]",ENABLE=Y,
TIMER=45;

Table 13-33 ED-FTPSERVER- Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<IPADDR>

Specifies the IP address of the FTP Server.

<ENABLE>

Specifies the enable/disable option of the FTP Server. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<TIMER>

(Optional) Specifies the timeout value of the FTP server in minutes. Timer is an integer that can be set between 0 and 60 minutes.


13.41  ED-G1000

The Edit G1000 (ED-G1000) command edits the attributes related to a G1000 port.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-G1000:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MFS=<MFS>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],
[LOWMRK=<LOWMRK>],[HIWMRK=<HIWMRK>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],
[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],
[LITIMER=<LITIMER>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-G1000:CISCO:FAC-1-1:CTAG:::MFS=1548,FLOW=Y,LOWMRK=20,HIWMRK=492,
AUTONEG=Y,NAME="G1000 PORT",CMDMDE=FRCD,SOAK=32,LIENABLE=Y
LITIMER=300:UNLOCKED,DSBLD;

Table 13-34 ED-G1000 Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<LIENABLE>

(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER.

By default LITIMER is enabled.

<LITIMER>

(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms.

<ENCAP>

Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP.

CBR

CBR mapping mode.

GFP

GFP mapping mode.

GMP

GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

TRP

Transparent mapping mode.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.42  ED-GFP

The Edit Generic Framing Protocol (ED-GFP) command edits GFP parameters on FC_MR-4 and CE-1000-4 cards

Usage Guidelines

On the FC_MR-4 card, the parameters AUTOTHGFPBUF, GFPBUF, and FILTER can be edited only if distance extension is enabled (set to B2B).

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-GFP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FCS=<FCS>],[AUTOTHGFPBUF=<AUTOTHGFPBUF>],
[GFPBUF=<GFPBUF>],[FILTER=<FILTER>];

Input Example

ED-GFP:CISCO:VFAC-1-0:123:::FCS=N,AUTOTHGFPBUF=Y,GFPBUF=16,FILTER=EGRESS;

Table 13-35 ED-GFP Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<FCS>

(Optional) Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS (frame check sequence).

FCS-16

Frame check sequencing using 16 bits.

FCS-32

Frame check sequencing using 32 bits.

NONE

No frame check sequence.

<AUTOTHGFPBUF>

(Optional) Autothreshold GFP Buffer. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<GFPBUF>

(Optional) GFP buffer size. GFPBUF is an integer.

<FILTER>

(Optional) Parameter type is GFP_FILTER, which provides the filter feature in GFP.

INGRESS

Active filter feature on the Ingress port.

NONE

Turn off filter feature.


13.43  ED-HDLC

The Edit High-Level Data Link Control (ED-HDLC) command edits HDLC-related attributes for HDLC-encapsulated payloads.

Usage Guidelines

On the FC_MR-4 card, the parameters AUTOTHGFPBUF, GFPBUF, and FILTER can be edited only if distance extension is enabled (set to B2B).

On POS ports of CE-MR-10 card, FCS cannot be set to NONE when the encapsulation is set to GFP.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-HDLC:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>[:::FCS=<FCS>][CRC=<CRC>];

Input Example

ED-HDLC:PETALUMA:VFAC-1-1-PORT:CTAG:::FCS=FCS-16;

Table 13-36 ED-HDLC Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<FCS>

Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS (frame check sequence).

FCS-16

Frame check sequence using 16 bits

FCS-32

Frame check sequence using 32 bits

NONE

No frame check sequence

<CRC>

Cyclic Redundancy Check.

Note CRC is applicable only to ADM10G card.

CRC-16

Cyclic Redundancy Check using 16 bits.

CRC-32

Cyclic Redundancy Check using 32 bits.


13.44  ED-L2-ETH

The Edit layer 2 Ethernet (ED-L2-ETH) command edits the layer 2 port information of GE-XP and 10GE-XP Ethernet cards.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-L2-ETH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::NIMODE=<NIMODE>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>],[ETHERCETYPE=<ETHER_CE_TYPE>],[ETHERSTYPE=<ETHER_S_TYPE>],[ALWMACADDR=<ALW_MAC_ADDR>],[INHMACADDR=<INH_MAC_ADDR>],[BPDU=<BPDU>],[BRIDGESTATE=<BRIDGE_STATE>],[QNQMODE=<QNQMODE>],[TRNSPSVLAN=<TRNSP_SVLAN>],[NAME=<NAME>],[IGMPROUTER=<IGMPROUTER>],[AISACTION=<AISACTION>],[PROTACTION=<PROTACTION>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMD>],[IGMPONCVLAN=<IGMPONCVLAN>],[IGMPCVLAN=<IGMPCVLAN>],[DLF=<DLF>],[DLFTHRES=<DLFTHRES>],[MCAST=<MCAST>],[MCASTTHRES=<MCASTTHRES>],[BCAST=<BCAST>],[BCASTTHRES=<BCASTTHRES>],[CLRCRCALM=<CLRCRCALM>][:];

Input Example

"ETH-2-21-1::NIMODE=NNI,MACLEARNING=N,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=N,BRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,ACTBRIDGESTATE=UNKNOWN,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,IGMPROUTER=NONE,AISACTION=AIS-NONE,PROTACTION=PROT-SQUELCH,IGMPONCVLAN=N,DLF=N,DLFTHRES=0,MCAST=N,MCASTTHRES=0,BCAST=N,BCASTTHRES=0,CLRCRCALM=N:"

"ETH-2-22-1::NIMODE=NNI,MACLEARNING=N,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=N,BRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,ACTBRIDGESTATE=UNKNOWN,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,IGMPROUTER=NONE,AISACTION=AIS-NONE,PROTACTION=PROT-SQUELCH,IGMPONCVLAN=N,DLF=N,DLFTHRES=0,MCAST=N,MCASTTHRES=0,BCAST=N,BCASTTHRES=0,CLRCRCALM=Y:"

Table 13-37 ED-L2-ETH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<NIMODE>

Identifies the Ethernet Network Interface Mode.

NNI

(Default) Network-Network Interface Mode

UNI

User-Network Interface Mode

<MACLEARNING>

MAC address learning mode. This activates the MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting.

Y

Enables MAC learning

N

Disable MAC learning

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

0 to 7

Set a Cos value

DSCP

The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table.

TRUST

Use the Customer COS

VLAN

The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)

<ETHERCETYPE>

Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<ETHERSTYPE>

Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter.

<ALWMACADDR>

Identifies the allowed MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form.

<INHMACADDR>

Identifies the inhibited MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form.

<BPDU>

BPDU (Bridge Protocol Data Unit) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets.

Y

Enables the BPDU tag.

N

Disables the BPDU tag.

<BRIDGESTATE>

Defines if the traffic is blocked on the port.

Unknown

Unknown state

Disabled

Disabled state

Blocking

Blocking state

Listening

Listening state

Learning

Learning state

Forwarding

Forwarding state

Broken

Broken state

<QNQMODE>

This is used to represent the QinQ mode operations.

Selective

The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped.

Transparent

The S-VLAN tag is always performed where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed.

<TRNSPSVLAN>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<NAME>

(Optional) Name. NAME is a string.

<IGMPROUTER>

IGMP M Router port. Indicates the type of connection between this port and the IGMP M Router.

STATIC

A static connection is present between this port and the IGMP M Router

NONE

No connection is present

<AISACTION>

VLAN-AIS Action. Indicates what action take place on port when VLAN-AIS alarm is raisedValues

AIS-SQUELCH

The port is squelched

AIS-NONE

No action after VLAN-AIS

<PROTACTION>

Indicates the action that takes place on the standby port in the protection unit when a ONEPLUSONEL2 protection is activated.

PROT-SQUELCH

The port is squelched.

PROT-NONE

Ethernet traffic is blocked.

<IGMPCVLAN>

Indicates the customer VLAN value for IGMP on CVLAN.

<IGMPONCVLAN>

Indicates IGMP on customer VLAN.

<DLF>

To enable or disable storm control on DLFPC packet.

<DLFTHRES>

Indicates the DLFPC packet threshold value for storm control.

<MCAST>

To enable or disable the storm control on multicast packet.

<MCASTTHRES>

Indicates the multicast packet threshold value for storm control.

<BCAST>

To enable or disable the storm control on broadcast packet.

<BCASTTHRES>

Indicates the broadcast packet threshold value for storm control.

<CLRCRCALM>

Clears the DATA-CRC alarm.


13.45  ED-LM-EFM

The Edit Link Monitoring Ethernet in the First Mile (ED-LM-EFM) command edits the Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) link monitoring parameters and the action associated with each of the parameters.

Usage Guidelines

This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-LM-EFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::LMPARAM=<LMPARAM>,[LOWTH=<LOWTH>],[HIGHTH=<HIGHTH>],[ACTION=<ACTION>],[WINDOW=<WINDOW>];

Input Example

ED-LM-EFM::ETH-12-1-1:1:::LMPARAM=ERR-FRAME,LOWTH=20,HIGHTH=30,ACTION=DISABLE-PORT,WINDOW=40;

Table 13-38 ED-EFM Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<LMPARAM>

Name of the link monitoring parameter.

ERR-FRAME

Error frames.

ERR-FRAME-PRD

Error frame period.

ERR-FRAME-SEC

Error frames second.

<LOWTH>

The lowest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer.

<HIGHTH>

The highest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer.

<ACTION>

Action to be taken when the link monitoring parameter crosses the HIGH value, which is set by the user. The value can be NONE or DISABLED.

<WINDOW>

This indicates the window associated with each of the link monitoring parameter (number of packets, number of frames or the timer). It is an integer.


13.46  ED-LMP

The Edit Link Management Protocol (ED-LMP) command edits the global LMP protocol attributes.

Usage Guidelines

This command is only available on platforms which support the LMP protocol.

Category

LMP

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-LMP:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[ENABLED=<ENABLED>],[WDMEXT=<WDM>], [ROLE=<ROLE>], [LMPNODEID-<NODEID>][:];

Input Example

ED-LMP:PETALUMA::704:::ENABLED=Y,WDMEXT=Y,ROLE=PEER,
LMPNODEID=198.133.219.25;

Table 13-39 ED-LMP Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<ENABLED>

LMP Protocol Status.

Y

The protocol is enabled.

N

The protocol is disabled.

<WDM>

Determines if the LMP WDM extensions are in effect.

Y

The LMP WDM extensions are in effect.

N

The LMP WDM extensions are not in effect.

<ROLE>

The role the LMP protocol is configured to play.

OLS

The LMP protocol is configured to respond as an Optical Line System.

PEER

The LMP protocol is configured to respond as a peer node.

<NODEID>

LMP Node ID. NODEID is a stable IP address that is always reachable if there is any connectivity to it. The default LMP node ID value is the IP address of the node.


13.47  ED-LMP-CTRL

The Edit Link Management Protocol Control Channel (ED-LMP-CTRL) command edits the LMP control channels.

Usage Guidelines

This command is only available on nodes where the LMP protocol is available and has been enabled.

Category

LMP

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-LMP-CTRL:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[LOCALPORT=<LOCALPORT>], [REMOTENE=<REMOTENE>],[REMOTEIP=<REMOTEIP>],[HELLO=<HELLO>],
[HELLOMIN=<HELLOMIN>],[HELLOMAX=<HELLOMAX>],[DEAD=<DEAD>],
[DEADMIN=<DEADMIN>], [DEADMAX=<DEADMAX>]:[<PST>][,<SST>];

Input Example

ED-LMP-CTRL:PETALUMA:CTRL-123:704:::LOCALPORT=FAC-1-1-1,
REMOTENE=15.15.15.115,REMOTEIP=126.0.0.1,HELLO=500,HELLOMIN=300,
HELLOMAX=5000,DEAD=12000,DEADMIN=2000,DEADMAX=20000:OOS,DSBLD;

Table 13-40 ED-LMP-CTRL Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

The LMP control channel AID values

CTRL-ALL

Specifies all the control channels.

CTRL-{1-4}

Specifies an individual control channel.

<LOCALPORT>

Local port is the pathway that the LMP control channel will use to send and receive messages.

<REMOTENE>

Remote IP address used by the far-end LMP control channel.

<REMOTEIP>

Remote IP address with which the LMP control channel sends and receives messages.

<HELLO>

The time interval in which the LMP protocol sends HELLO messages.

<HELLOMIN>

Minimum hello time the LMP control channels can send out HELLO messages to the remote node.

<HELLOMAX>

The maximum amount of time the LMP control channel can wait between HELLO messages.

<DEAD>

Time interval an LMP control channel will wait for a HELLO message from the remote side before listing the control channel as down.

<DEADMIN>

The minimum amount of time that an LMP control channel can wait before listing the control channel status as down.

<DEADMAX>

The maximum amount of time that the LMP control channel can wait before listing the control channel as down.

<PST>

Primary State. This parameter indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

IS

In service

OOS

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary State. This parameter provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AINS

Automatic in service

DSBLD

Disabled

LPBK

Loopback

MEA

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

MT

Maintenance mode

OOG

Out of group

SWDL

Software downloading

UAS

Unassigned

UEQ

Unequipped


13.48  ED-LMP-TLINK

The Edit Link Management Protocol Traffic Engineering (TE) Link (ED-LMP-TLINK) command edits the LMP TE link.

Usage Guidelines

This command can only be used on nodes that have the LMP protocol available and enabled.

Category

LMP

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-LMP-TLINK:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::REMOTEID=<REMOTE_ID>, REMOTETE=<REMOTE_TELINK>, [MUXCAP=<MUXCAP>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-LMP-TLINK:PETALUMA:TLINK-123:704:::REMOTEID=15.15.15.115,REMOTETE=123,
MUXCAP=LAMBDA:OOS,DSBLD;

Table 13-41 ED-LMP-TLINK Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

LMP TE Link AID Values.

TLINK-ALL

Specifies all the TE links.

TLINK-{1-256}

Specifies an individual TE link.

<REMOTEID>

Remote node ID associated with the LMP TE link.

<REMOTETE>

Remote ID used by the far-end LMP TE Link.

<MUXCAP>

The muxponder capability of the LMP TE link.

PKTSWITCH1

Packet Switching 1.

PKTSWITCH2

Packet Switching 2.

PKTSWITCH3

Packet Switching 3.

PKTSWITCH4

Packet Switching 4.

LAYER2

Layer 2 switching.

TDM

TDM switching.

LAMBDA

Lambda switching.

FIBER

Fiber switching.

<PST>

Primary State. This parameter indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

IS

In service

OOS

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary State. This parameter provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AINS

Automatic in service

DSBLD

Disabled

LPBK

Loopback

MEA

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

MT

Maintenance mode

OOG

Out of group

SWDL

Software downloading

UAS

Unassigned

UEQ

Unequipped


13.49  ED-LMP-DLINK

The Edit Link Management Protocol Data Link (ED-LMP-DLINK) command edits the LMP data link.

Usage Guidelines

This command is only applicable on a node that supports the LMP protocol; the node must have the LMP protocol enabled.

Category

LMP

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-LMP-DLINK:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[LINKTYPE=<LINKTYPE>],TELINK=<TELINK>,
REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>;

Input Example

ED-LMP-DLINK:PETALUMA:FAC-14-1-1:704:::LINKTYPE=PORT,TELINK=TLNK-45,
REMOTEID=646631;

Table 13-42 ED-LMP-DLINK Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<SRC>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<LINKTYPE>

The type of LMP data link.

PORT

Port data link

COMPONENT

Component data link

<TELINK>

Used to map LMP data links to LMP TE links.

<REMOTEID>

The remote LMP data link ID.


13.50  ED-LNK

The Edit Link (ED-LNK) command edits an optical link state.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-LNK:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-LNK:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1-TX,
BAND-13-1-RX:114:::CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-43 ED-LNK Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<FROM>

Identifier at one end of the optical link from the "BAND" section.

<TO>

Identifier at the other end of the optical link from the "BAND" section.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Note PST is not supported for OCH provisioning.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

Note SST is not supported for OCH provisioning.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.51  ED-LNKTERM

The Edit Provisionable Patchcord Termination (ED-LNKTERM) command edits the attributes of a provisionable patchcord that has already been created. Only the remote end attributes (REMOTENODE, REMOTELNKTERMID) can be edited.

Usage Guidelines

No two provisionable patchcord terminations on a node can have the same remote end link termination information. An attempt to modify an existing provisionable patchcord termination while not following the above restriction will return an error message.

If the provisionable patchcord termination does not exist, an error message will be returned.

This command does not accept multiple and ALL AIDs.

REMOTENODE is a string with a maximum length of 20 characters.

Category

Provisionable Patchcords

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-LNKTERM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[REMOTENODE=<REMOTENODE>],
[REMOTELNKTERMID=<REMOTELNKTERMID>];

Input Example

ED-LNKTERM::LNKTERM-1:CTAG:::REMOTENODE=172.20.208.226,
REMOTELNKTERMID=25;

Table 13-44 ED-LNKTERM Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "LNKTERM" section. Indicates a link (provisionable patchcord) termination on the local node.

<REMOTENODE>

(Optional) The node where the other end of the provisionable patchcord resides. This can be an IP address or a valid TID. Defaults to the IP address of the local node/existing value. REMOTENODE is a string.

<REMOTELNKTERMID>

(Optional) The corresponding provisionable patchcord termination on the remote node (as specified by the REMOTENODE parameter). Integer value within the range of 1 to 65535. Defaults to existing value.


13.52  ED-MA-CFM

The Edit Maintenance Association Connectivity Fault Management (ED-MA-CFM) command edits the maintenance association present on the card.

Usage Guidelines

This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

The ALL AID is invalid for this command.

Category

Equipment

Security

Provision

Input Format

ED-MA-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::MANAME=<MANAME>,SVLANID=<SVLANID>,[NEWMANAME=<NEWMANAME>],[NEWSVLANID=<NEWSVLNAID>],[CCENABLE=<CCENABLE>];

Input Example

ED-MA-CFM:454-156:SLOT-1:1:::MANAME=MANAME,SVLANID=4,NEWMANAME=NEWMA,NEWSVLANID=5;

Table 13-45 ED-MA-CFM Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "EQPT" section.

<MANAME>

Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<CCENABLE>

Enable or disable Continuos Check messaging

Y

Enable

N

Disable

<NEWMANAME>

New name for Maintenance Association. It is a string.

<NEWSVLANID>

New service Vlan ID. It is an integer.


13.53  ED-MCAST

The Edit Multicast attributes (ED-MCAST) command is used to modify the Multicast VLAN registration attributes.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value use RTRV-XX command to retrieve them.

Error conditions:

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

The "ALL" AID is invalid for this command.

Category

ETHERNET

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-MCAST[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::MVRSTATE=<MVRSTATE>],[MVRSVLAN=<MVRSVLAN>],[MVRSTARTIP=<MVRSTARTIP>],[MVRIPRANGE=<MVRIPRANGE>],[IGMPONCVLAN=<IGMPONCVLAN>][:];

Input Example

ED-MCAST::SLOT-1-4:321:::MVRSTATE=Y,MVRSVLAN=46,MVRSTARTIP=230.64.72.57
,MVRIPRANGE=20:;

Input Parameters

Table 13-46 ED-MCAST Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Equipment aids are used to access specific cards.

ALL

It is only used for RTRV-INV, RTRV-EQPT, RTRV-ALM/COND-EQPT commands.

SLOT-ALL

The NE equipment AIDs.

SLOT[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}

Individual equipment AID of the I/O card units or slots.

<MVRSTATE>

Multicast VLAN Registration status. Default values is - N

Y

Enabled

N

Disabled

<MVRSVLAN>

Define the SVLAN used to distribute the Multicast stream inside the Network. Default values is 0

<MVRSTARTIP>

Define the first IP Address of the Multicast IP Group.

<MVRIPRANGE>

MVR IP Range. Indicates the number of IP address starting from mvrStartIp used to identified the multicast IP group. It is a number in the range 0..255. Default values is 0

<IGMPONCVLAN>

To Enable IGMP on Customer VLAN.


13.54  ED-MIP-CFM

The Edit Maintenance Intermediate Point Connectivity Fault Management (ED-MIP-CFM) command edits the maintenance intermediate points on the port.

Usage Guidelines

This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-MIP-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::VLANID=<VLANID>,LEVEL=<LEVEL>;

Input Example

ED-MIP-CFM::ETH-1-1-1:1:::VLANID=2,LEVEL=3;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<VLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LEVEL>

This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7.


13.55  ED-NE-GEN

The Edit Network Element General (ED-NE-GEN) command edits the node attributes of the NE.

Usage Guidelines

The node name can be a maximum of 20 characters. If the entered name exceeds 20 characters, an Node Name Too Long (IPNV) error message is returned.

An existing NTP timing source can be removed by setting the address to 0.0.0.0.

The maximum length of IPADDR and DEFRTR is 20 characters. The default value is the local IP address and default router.

The maximum length of IPMASK is 18 characters. The default value is the mask of local IP address.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

An existing NTP and Backup NTP timing source can be removed by setting the address to 0.0.0.0.


Caution Changing the IPADDR, IPMASK, or IIOP Port will cause a reset of the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3.


Note OSI parameters are not supported in Release 9.0 and 9.1.


Category

System

Security

Superuser

Input Format

ED-NE-GEN[:<TID>]::<CTAG>[:::NAME=<NAME>],[IPADDR=<IPADDR>],[IPMASK=<IPMASK>],[DEFRTR=<DEFRTR>],[IPV6ADDR=<IPV6ADDR>],[IPV6PREFLEN=<IPV6PREFLEN>],[IPV6DEFRTR=<IPV6DEFRTR>],[IPV6ENABLE=<IPV6ENABLE>],[IIOPPORT=<IIOPPORT>],[NTP=<NTP>],[SUPPRESSIP=<SUPPRESSIP>],[MODE=<MODE>],[MSPUBVLANID=<MSPUBVLANID>],[MSINTLVLANID=<MSINTLVLANID>],[SERIALPORTECHO=<SERIALPORTECHO>],[OSIROUTINGMODE=<OSIROUTINGMODE>],[OSIL1BUFSIZE=<OSIL1BUFSIZE>],[OSIL2BUFSIZE=<OSIL2BUFSIZE>],[BKUPNTP=<BKUPNTP>],[SYSTEMMODE=<SYSTEMMODE>],[FORCEENABLE=<FORCEENABLE>];

Input Example

ED-NE-GEN:CISCO::123:::NAME=NODENAME,IPADDR=192.168.100.52, IPMASK=255.255.255.0,DEFRTR=192.168.100.1,IPV6ADDR="[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:efab]",IPV6PREFLEN=112,IPV6DEFRTR="[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]",
IPV6ENABLE=Y,IIOPPORT=57790, NTP=192.168.100.52, SUPPRESSIP=NO,
MODE=SINGLESHELF,MSPUBVLANID=1,MSINTLVLANID=5,SERIALPORTECHO=Y,OSIROUTINGMODE=ES,OSIL1BUFSIZE=512,OSIL2BUFSIZE=512,BKUPNTP=10.1.1.2,FORCEENABLE=YES;;

Table 13-47 ED-NE-GEN Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<NAME>

(Optional) Node name. NAME is a string. Defaults to Null.

<IPADDR>

(Optional) Node IP address. IPADDR is a string.

<IPMASK>

(Optional) Node IP mask. IPMASK is a string.

<DEFRTR>

(Optional) Node default router. DEFRTR is a string.

<IPV6ADDR>

Specifies the IPv6 address of the NE. IPV6ADDR is a string.


Note IPV6ADDR parameter can be set only if IPV6ENABLE parameter is set to Y


<IPV6PREFLEN>

Specifies the prefix length for the IPv6 address of the NE. IPV6PREFLEN is an integer

<IPV6DEFRTR>

Specifies the IPv6 default router address for the NE. IPV6DEFRTR is a string

<IPV6ENABLE>

(Optional) Specifies if the IPv6 enable mode for the NE is enabled or disabled.

Y

Indicates that IPV6 mode is enabled.

N

Indicates that IPV6 mode is disabled.

<IIOPPORT>

(Optional) Node IIOP port. IIOPPORT is an integer. Defaults to 57790.

<NTP>

(Optional) Node Network Time Protocol (NTP) timing origin address. NTP is a string. Defaults to 0.0.0.0.

<SUPPRESSIP>

(Optional) The parameter type is YES_NO, which signifies whether the user's password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE.

NO

No

YES

Yes

<MODE>

(Optional) Indicates the AID mode to access shelf identifier objects. Defaults to SINGLESHELF. This field is always set to MULTISHELF for NCS nodes with more than one shelf managed. The parameter type is SHELF_MODE, which is the NE mode.

SINGLESHELF

The NE contains only one shelf and the AID representation does not consider the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports.

MULTISHELF

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style.

MULTISHELFETH

The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. The shelves are connected by means of an external Ethernet switch.

<MSPUBVLANID>

Public VLAN ID used by the node controller to communicate the with external network. The VLAN ID can be in the range of 1 to 4094. But for M6 shelf, you cannot modify the MSPUBVLANID value. The MSPUBVLANID value is 1.

<MSINTLVLANID>

Internal VLAN ID used by the node controller to communicate with the Subtending shelves. The VLAN ID can be in the range of 1 to 4094. But for M6 shelf, you cannot modify the MSINTLVLANID value. The MSINTLVLANID value is 2.

<SERIALPORTECHO>

Indicates if echo is turned on for the TL1 serial port sessions.

Y

Echo is turned on.

N

Echo is turned off.

<OSIROUTINGMODE>

Indicates the routing mode of the node.

ES

Provisions the node as an OSI ES. TheNCS node performs all ES functions and relies upon an IS for communication with other IS nodes inside and outside the ES OSI area.

IS1

Provisions the node as an OSI IS. TheNCS node performs all IS functions including routing data between ISs and ESs, between networks, and between parts of a network.

IS2

TheNCS node performs all IS functions. It communicates with other IS and ES nodes within an OSI area. It also broadcasts ISHs to IS nodes in other areas to which it is connected.

<OSIL1BUFSIZE>

Level 1 Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) buffer size. The default is 512.

<OSIL2BUFSIZE>

Level 2 Link State Protocol Data Unit (LSP) buffer size. The default is 512.

<BKUPNTP>

Indicates that the Secondary NTP server is used as backup for primary.

<SYSTEMMODE>

Indicates the system mode

SONET

SONET

NCS

NCS

<FORCEENABLE>

(Optional) Indicates whether the command should proceed even if there are Database Out of Sync alarms.

YES

Yes

NO

No


13.56  ED-NE-PATH

The Edit Network Element Path (ED-NE-PATH) command edits the path attributes of the NE.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for optional parameters are NE default values.

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-NE-PATH:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[PDIP=<PDIP>],[XCMODE=<XCMODE>];

Input Example

ED-NE-PATH:::CTAG:::PDIP=Y,XCMODE=MIXED;

Table 13-48 ED-NE-PATH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<PDIP>

(Optional) Flag used to indicate whether PDI-P should be generated on the outgoing VT structured VCs. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<XCMODE>

(Optional) Cross-connect mode. The parameter type is XCMODE, which is applicable only to a node with cross-connect cards (XC-VXL-10G, XC-VXL-2.5G, or XC-VXC-10G) that support cross-connect mode change.

MIXED

Both VC11 and VC12 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node.

VC11

Only VC11 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node.

VC12

Only VC12 cross-connects can be provisioned on the node.


13.57  ED-NE-SYNCN

The Edit Network Element Synchronization (ED-NE-SYNCN) command edits the synchronization attributes of the NE.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Although mixed-mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended.

The NCS mode functionality is:

External mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.

Line mode: The node derives its timing from the NCS line(s).

Mixed mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS input or NCS lines.


Note You cannot edit or retrieve the SSMGEN and QRES parameters on the NCS platform.


Category

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>:::[TMMD=<TMMD>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>]

;

Input Example

ED-NE-SYNCN:CISCO::123:::TMMD=LINE,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0;

Table 13-49 ED-NE-SYNCN Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

The node or shelf access identifier from the "SHELF" section. If omitted, it addresses the node or first shelf of the node. Must not be null.

<TMMD>

(Optional) Timing mode. Defaults to EXTERNAL. The parameter type is TIMING_MODE, which is the timing mode for the current node.

EXTERNAL

The node derives its clock from the BITS input.

LINE

The node derives it's clock from the NCS lines.

MIXED

The node derives it's clock from the mixed timing mode.

<SSMGEN>

(Optional) Synchronization status message (SSM) set. Defaults to GEN1. The parameter type is SYNC_GENERATION, which is the generation of the synchronization status message set.

GEN1

First generation SSM set

GEN2

Second generation SSM set

<QRES>

(Optional) Quality of the RES. Defaults to DUS. The parameter type is SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the network synchronization quality level.

ABOVE-G811

Better than G811

ABOVE-STU_NCS

Between STU_NCS and G811 (default setting)

ABOVE-G812T

Between G812T and STU_NCS

ABOVE-G812L

Between G812L and G812T

ABOVE-SETS

Between SETS and G812L

BELOW-SETS

Below SETS but still usable

SAME-AS-DUS_NCS

Disable the RES message by equating to DUS_NCS

<RVRTV>

(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Does not revert service to original line after restoration.

Y

Reverts service to original line after restoration.

<RVTM>

(Optional) Revertive time. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time).

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes.

<SYSTMN>

(ONS only) Identifies the system timing standard used by the node.

SONET

SONET timing standard

NCS

NCS timing standard


13.58  ED-OCH

The Edit Optical Channel (ED-OCH) command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OCH facility.

Usage Guidelines

Refer to the Provisioning Procedures chapter for specific card provisioning rules.


Note Primary=Locked and secondary=AutomaticInService status do not apply to Ethernet mode.


The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Disable all the ports, before you change the card mode from LAN to WAN mode.

The SQUELCHMODE parameter is added to OCH interfaces of 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards.

CDLOW and CDHIGH parameters are interdependant. You must set both the parameters to edit either of them.

CDLOW is always less than or equal CDHIGH in the range of -70000 to + 70000.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-OCH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::EXPWLEN=<EXPWLEN>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],[CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>],[NAME=<PORTNAME>],[OSDBER=<SDBER>],[GCC=<GCC>],[GCCRATE=<GCCRATE>],[DWRAP=<DRWAP>],[FEC=<FEC>],[PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[PEERID=<PEERID>],[REGENNAME=<REGENNAME>],[PORTMODE=<PORTMODE>],[ODUTRANSMODE=<ODUTRANSMODE>],[ERRORDECORRELATOR=<ERRORDECORRELATOR>],[FCS=<FCS>],[PPR=<PPR>],[TRIGTH=<TRIGTH>],[RVRTTH=<RVRTTH>],[TRIGWINDOW=<TRIGWINDOW>],[RVRTWINDOW=<RVRTWINDOW>],[OVRCLK=<OVRCLK>],[RXWLEN=<RXWLEN>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[FECALMSUPRESS=<FECALMSUPRESS>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[CDLOW=<CDLOW>],[CDHIGH=<CDHIGH>],[VOATXPOWER=<VOATXPOWER>],[TXLASERSHUTDN=<TXLASERSHUTDN>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-OCH:CISCO:CHAN-6-2:114:::EXPWLEN=1530.32,NAME="NYLINE",GCC=Y,
GCCRATE=192K,OSDBER=1E-6,DWRAP=Y,FEC=STD,PAYLOADMAP=ASYNCH,
SOAK=10,CMDMDE=FRCD:IS,AINS;

ED-OCH::CHAN-2-2:1:::CDLOW=-6000,CDHIGH=8000,VOATXPOWER=-9.08,TXLASERSHUTDN=Y;

Table 13-50 ED-OCH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section.

<EXPWLEN>

(Optional) Optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following types of cards: optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) cards. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength.

1310

Wavelength 1310

1470

Wavelength 1470

1490

Wavelength 1490

1510

Wavelength 1510

1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

1530

Wavelength 1530

1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

1530.72

Wavelength 1530.72

1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

1537

Wavelength 1537

1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

1548.11

Wavelength 1548.11

1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

1548.91

Wavelength 1548.91

1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

1549.72

Wavelength 1549.72

1550

Wavelength 1500

1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<VOAATTN>

(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float.

<FCS>

(Optional) First Circuit Startup. An automatic channel startup that operates the VOA when the light is detected on the ingress port.

Y

Automatic Channel startup enabled.

N

Automatic Channel startup disabled.

<VOAPWR>

(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float.

<CALOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value, which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. PORTNAME is a string.

<OSDBER>

OTN SDBER. Can only be provisioned on the working port. Defaults to 1E-7

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

<GCC>

Identifies the Generic communication channel (GCC) connection of the port.

Y

GCC can be utilized

N

GCC cannot be utilized

<GCCRATE>

(Optional) The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192 Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the NCS port. The parameter type is GCCRATE, which is the data rate of the GCC traffic.

192K

192 Kbps

400K

400 Kbps

576K

576 Kbps

1200K

1200 Kbps

<DWRAP>

(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the NCS port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the NCS port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the NCS port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the NCS port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<FEC>

(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction.

ENH

Enhanced FEC is enabled.

ENH-20

20 % Enhanced FEC supported on fixed trunk port of 100G-LC-C card.

ENH-I4

Enhanced FEC 1.4 is enabled.

ENH-I7

Enhanced FEC 1.7 is enabled.

HG-7

High Gain 7% FEC.

OFF

FEC is disabled.

STD

Standard FEC is enabled.

<PRE-FEC-PSM>

The parameter type is PROACTIVE_PROT.

N

Proactive protection is disabled.

Y

Proactive protection is enabled.

<PAYLOADMAP>

(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode.

ASYNCH

Asynchronous mapping mode

ODU

ODU multiplex structure mode

SYNCH

Synchronous mapping mode

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

NOOPU2FIXEDSTUFF

Mapping with no FIXEDSTUFF

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer.

<LOSSB>

The parameter type is REACH which indicates the reach values.

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

CWDM-40KM

CWDM 40 kilometers.

CX

Reach CX

CX1

Reach CX1

DX

Reach DX

FE-BX

FE-BX

FX

FX

GE-BX

GE-BX

GE-EX

GE-EX

HX

Reach HX

I1

Reach I1

IR-1

Reach IR-1

IR-2

Reach IR-2

L1

Reach L1

L2

Reach L2

L3

Reach L3

LR-1

Reach LR-1

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LR-3

Reach LR-3

LX

Reach LX

LX-10

LX-10

P1I1-2D1

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

SC

Reach SC

S1

Reach S1

S2

Reach S2

SR

Reach SR

SR-1

Reach SR-1

SX

Reach SX

T

Reach T

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

ULH

Reach ULH

VSR

Reach VSR

VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

VX

Reach VX

ZX

Reach ZX

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PEERID>

Indicates the peer trunk facility of the regeneration group on the OTU2-XP card. Accessed using the CHAN AID.

<REGENNAME>

Indicates the name of a regeneration group. Applicable only to NCS flavored cards, which support regeneration group. Regenname is a string. The default value is "NULL".

<PORTMODE>

Describes the termination mode of each interface on the OTU2-XP card.

NCS-LINE

Line terminating mode.

NCS-SECTION

Section terminating mode.

NCS-TRANS-AIS

Transparent mode AIS.

NCS-TRANS-SQUELCH

Transparent mode squelch.

10GLANWAN-SQUELCH

10G LAN to WAN Squelch.

<ODUTRANSMODE>

To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card.

CISCO-EXT

Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transponder/Muxponder cards.

TRANS-STD

Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated.

<ERRORDECORRELATOR>

To enable or disable the MLSE module on the card. This applies only to TXP_MR_10EX_C, MXP_2.5G_10EX_C, and MXP_MR_10DMEX_C cards

Y

To enable the MLSE module on the card.

N

To disable the MLSE module on the card.

<PPR>

(Optional) To enable or disable the Proactive Protection Regen (PPR) in the OTU2 Card in Regen Mode.

Y

PPR enabled.

N

PPR disabled.

<TRIGTH>

Specifies the trigger threshold value for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is TRIGGER_THRESHOLD.

1E-2

Trigger threshold is 1E-2.

1E-3

Trigger threshold is 1E-3.

1E-4

Trigger threshold is 1E-4.

1E-5

Trigger threshold is 1E-5

1E-6

Trigger threshold is 1E-6.

1E-7

Trigger threshold is 1E-7.

2E-2

Trigger threshold is 2E-2.

2E-3

Trigger threshold is 2E-3.

2E-4

Trigger threshold is 2E-4.

2E-5

Trigger threshold is 2E-5.

2E-6

Trigger threshold is 2E-6.

2E-7

Trigger threshold is 2E-7.

3E-2

Trigger threshold is 3E-2.

3E-3

Trigger threshold is 3E-3.

3E-4

Trigger threshold is 3E-4.

3E-5

Trigger threshold is 3E-5.

3E-6

Trigger threshold is 3E-6.

3E-7

Trigger threshold is 4E-7.

4E-2

Trigger threshold is 4E-2.

4E-3

Trigger threshold is 4E-3.

4E-4

Trigger threshold is 4E-4.

4E-5

Trigger threshold is 4E-5.

4E-6

Trigger threshold is 4E-6.

4E-7

Trigger threshold is 4E-7.

5E-2

Trigger threshold is 5E-2.

5E-3

Trigger threshold is 5E-3.

5E-4

Trigger threshold is 5E-4.

5E-5

Trigger threshold is 5E-5.

5E-6

Trigger threshold is 5E-6.

5E-7

Trigger threshold is 5E-7.

6E-2

Trigger threshold is 6E-2.

6E-3

Trigger threshold is 6E-3.

6E-4

Trigger threshold is 6E-4.

6E-5

Trigger threshold is 6E-5

6E-6

Trigger threshold is 6E-6.

6E-7

Trigger threshold is 6E-7.

7E-2

Trigger threshold is 7E-2.

7E-3

Trigger threshold is 7E-3.

7E-4

Trigger threshold is 7E-4.

7E-5

Trigger threshold is 7E-5

7E-6

Trigger threshold is 7E-6.

7E-7

Trigger threshold is 7E-7.

8E-2

Trigger threshold is 8E-2.

8E-3

Trigger threshold is 8E-3.

8E-4

Trigger threshold is 8E-4.

8E-5

Trigger threshold is 8E-5

8E-6

Trigger threshold is 8E-6.

8E-7

Trigger threshold is 8E-7.

9E-2

Trigger threshold is 9E-2.

9E-3

Trigger threshold is 9E-3.

9E-4

Trigger threshold is 9E-4.

9E-5

Trigger threshold is 9E-5

9E-6

Trigger threshold is 9E-6.

9E-7

Trigger threshold is 9E-7.

<RVRTTH>

Specifies the revert threshold for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is RVRTTH.

1E-3

Revert threshold is 1E-3.

1E-4

Revert threshold is 1E-4.

1E-5

Revert threshold is 1E-5.

1E-6

Revert threshold is 1E-6.

1E-7

Revert threshold is 1E-7.

2E-3

Revert threshold is 2E-3.

2E-4

Revert threshold is 2E-4.

2E-5

Revert threshold is 2E-5

2E-6

Revert threshold is 2E-6.

2E-7

Revert threshold is 2E-7.

3E-3

Revert threshold is 3E-3.

3E-4

Revert threshold is 3E-4.

3E-6

Revert threshold is 3E-6.

4E-3

Revert threshold is 4E-4.

4E-4

Revert threshold is 4E-4.

4E-5

Revert threshold is 4E-5

4E-6

Revert threshold is 4E-6.

4E-7

Revert threshold is 4E-7.

5E-3

Revert threshold is 5E-3.

5E-4

Revert threshold is 5E-4.

5E-5

Revert threshold is 5E-5

5E-6

Revert threshold is 5E-6.

5E-7

Revert threshold is 5E-7.

5E-8

Revert threshold is 5E-8.

6E-3

Revert threshold is 6E-3.

6E-4

Revert threshold is 6E-4.

6E-5

Revert threshold is 6E-5

6E-6

Revert threshold is 6E-6.

6E-7

Revert threshold is 6E-7.

6E-8

Revert threshold is 6E-8.

7E-3

Revert threshold is 7E-3.

7E-4

Revert threshold is 7E-4.

7E-5

Revert threshold is 7E-5

7E-6

Revert threshold is 7E-6.

7E-7

Revert threshold is 7E-7.

7E-8

Revert threshold is 7E-8.

8E-3

Revert threshold is 8E-3.

8E-4

Revert threshold is 8E-4.

8E-5

Revert threshold is 8E-5

8E-6

Revert threshold is 8E-6.

8E-7

Revert threshold is 8E-7.

8E-8

Revert threshold is 8E-8.

9E-3

Revert threshold is 9E-3.

9E-4

Revert threshold is 9E-4.

9E-5

Revert threshold is 9E-5

9E-6

Revert threshold is 9E-6.

9E-7

Revert threshold is 9E-7.

9E-8

Revert threshold is 9E-8.

<TRIGWINDOW>

Specifies the trigger window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the trigger threshold value. The maximum TRIGWINDOW value is 10000.

<RVRTWINDOW>

Specifies the revert window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the revert threshold value. The maximum RVRTWINDOW value is 10000 and minimum value is 2000.

<OVRCLK>

Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N.

Y

Yes

N

No

<RXWLEN>

The RX wavelength. It is applicable in unidirectional regeneration mode of a muxponder card. In this case the RX wavelength can be different from the nominal TX wavelength (EXPWLEN). It can be any valid NCS wavelength value. The default value is USE-TWL1.

<CDLOW>

(Optional) Lower limit of CD working range.

<CDHIGH>

(Optional) Upper limit of CD working range.

<VOATXPOWER>

(Optional) VOA Transmit Power. The parameter type is VOATXPOWER, indicates the VOA transmit power on a fixed trunk.

<TXLASERSHUTDN>

(Optional) Transmit Laser Shut down. The parameter type is TXLASERSHUTDN indicates the transmit laser shut down status as Y or N.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.59  ED-OCHCC

The Edit Optical Channel Client Connection (ED-OCHCC) command edits the OCH client connection.

Usage Guidelines

The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are optional.

This command does not support multiple editing of OCH client connection provisioning.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-OCHCC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CKTID=<CKTID>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-OCHCC:VA454-22:FAC-2-1-1:116:::CKTID=OCHCC,CMDMDE=FRCD:LOCKED,DISABLED;

Table 13-51 ED-OCHCC Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<CKTID>

(Optional) Circuit identification that contains the common language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Cannot contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.60  ED-OCHNC

The Edit Optical Channel Network Connection (ED-OCHNC) command edits the OCH network connection.

Usage Guidelines

The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are optional.

This command does not support multiple editing of wavelength connection provisioning.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

(For legacy package)

ED-OCHNC:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[CKTID=<CKTID>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],
[WLOPWR=<WLOPWR>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

(For flex package)

ED-OCHNC:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[CKTID=<CKTID>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[WLOPWR=<WLOPWR>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[WIDTH=<WIDTH>],[DSPWROFS=<DSPWROFS>],[USPWROFS=<USPWROFS>]:[<PST>][,<SST>];

Input Example

ED-OCHNC:VA454-22:CHANWL-1-3-TX-1530.33,
LINEWL-4-1-RX-1530.33:116:::CKTID=CIRCUIT,CMDMDE=FRCD:LOCKED,DISABLED;

Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section. In two-way wavelength connection sources, both directions need to be indicated.

<DST>

Destination access identifier from the "LINEWL" section. In two-way wavelength connection sources, both directions need to be indicated.

<CKTID>

(Optional) Circuit identification that contains the common language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Cannot contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail.

<WLOPWR>

The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. WLOPWR is a float.

<VOAATTN>

The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float.

<FREQ>

Optical wavelength

<WIDTH>

Width

<DSPWROFS>

Down stream power offset.

<USPWROFS>

Up stream power offset.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.61  ED-OMS

The Edit Optical Multiplex Section (ED-OMS) command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OMS facility.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-OMS[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::EXPBAND=<EXPBAND>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],[CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>],[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1:114:::,EXPBAND=1530.32-1532.68,
VOAATTN=2.5,VOAPWR=7.5,CALOPWR=0.0,NAME="OMSPORT",
SOAK=8,CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the "BAND" section.

<EXPBAND>

(Optional) The expected value of band for this port. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND (optical band).

1530.33 to 1532.68

Band 1

1534.25 to 1536.61

Band 2

1538.19 to 1540.56

Band 3

1542.14 to 1544.53

Band 4

1546.12 to 1548.51

Band 5

1550.12 to 1552.52

Band 6

1554.13 to 1556.55

Band 7

1558.17 to 1560.61

Band 8

USE-DEFAULT

This band has not yet been configured or retrieved from unit.

<VOAATTN>

(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float.

<VOAPWR>

(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float.

<CALOPWR>

(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value, which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. Defaults to 32. SOAK is an integer.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.62  ED-OPMODE

The Edit Operating Mode (ED-OPMODE) command adds or deletes the client ports from MXP-MR and MXPP-MR modes on the AR_MXP or AR_XP card, and adds or deletes a client-peer pair from the CFP-TXP mode on the CFP-LC card.

Usage Guidelines

CLIENTPORTS, PEERSLOTS, ACTION, and OPMODE are the mandatory parameters for the ED-OPMODE command on the CFP-LC card.

ED-OPMODE command can be executed only on the CFP-LC card, which is part of the CFP-TXP mode.

ED-OPMODE command adds or deletes a client-peer pair from the CFP-TXP mode.

On an existing client1-peer1 pair mode, if a client2-peer2 pair is added using the ED-OPMODE command, either client1-peer1 or client2-peer2 can be deleted using the ED-OPMODE command. However, the same does not work for client1-peer2 or client2-peer1 pair.

ACTION, CLIENTPORTS, and TRUNKPORT are mandatory parameters for the AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.

OPMODE, CLIENTPORTS, PEERSLOTS, and ACTION are mandatory parameters for the 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards.

The TRUNKPORT parameter is not used in the ED-OPMODE command on the CFP-LC card.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-OPMODE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[TRUNKPORT=<TRUNKPORT>],CLIENTPORTS=<CLIENTPORTS>,[PEERSLOTS=<PEERSLOTS>],[ACTION=<ACTION>],[OPMODE=<OPMODE>];

Input Example

ED-OPMODE::SLOT-1-3:21:::OPMODE=CFP-TXP,CLIENTPORTS=2,PEERSLOTS=SLOT-1-2,ACTION=ADD.

Input Parameters

<AID>

SLOT Access Identifier

<OPMODE>

Existing operating mode which is being edited.

CFP-TXP

Transponder mode between one CFP-LC and one or two 100G-LC-C cards.

MXPP-MR-S

Operating mode on AR-MXP, AR-XP, or AR-XPE card.

MXP-MR-S

Operating mode on AR-MXP, AR-XP, or AR-XPE card.

MXP-2x40G

Operating mode on AR-MXP, AR-XP, or AR-XPE card.

<ACTION>

The ADD or DELETE action required while editing the operating mode.

ADD

Add client ports to the existing MXP-MR mode or add client-peer pair on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards.

DELETE

Delete client ports from the existing MXP-MR mode or Delete client-peer pair on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards.

LOW-LATENCY

Low latency opmode is supported only on 10x10G-LC card.

<TRUNKPORT>

The trunk port number in MXP-MR mode on which the edit operation is being performed

<CLIENTPORTS>

The client port numbers that are being added or deleted to the operating mode.

<PEERSLOTS>

The slot number of the peer card (100G-LC-C) of the CFP-LC card, which is part of the CFP-TXP and CFP-MXP modes, specified by the SLOT<SLOTNO>.


13.63  ED-OTS

The Edit Optical Transport Section (ED-OTS) command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTS facility.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-OTS[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],[OFFSET=<OFFSET>],[CALTILT=<CALTILT>],[OSRI=<OSRI>],[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[<FG>],[<CG>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SWSTATE=<SWSTATE>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-OTS:PENNGROVE:LINE-6-1:114:::RDIRN=W-E,VOAATTN=5.0,VOAPWR=10.0,OFFSET=0.0,CALTILT=0.0,OSRI=N,NAME="OTSPORT",SOAK=8,CMDMDE=NORM,SWSTATE=AUTO:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the "LINE" section.

<RDIRN>

(Optional) Ring directionality of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring directionality.

E-W

The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise).

W-E

The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise).

<VOAATTN>

(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float.

<VOAPWR>

(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float.

<OFFSET>

(Optional) The calibration value of the optical power added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. OFFSET is a float.

<CALTILT>

(Optional) The amplifier calibration tilt offset to be added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALTILT is a float.

<OSRI>

(Optional) OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute)

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<CG>

TDCU coarse grain value

0

TDCU coarse grain value

-110

TDCU coarse grain value

-1100

TDCU coarse grain value

-1210

TDCU coarse grain value

-1320

TDCU coarse grain value

-1430

TDCU coarse grain value

-1540

TDCU coarse grain value

-1650

TDCU coarse grain value

-220

TDCU coarse grain value

-330

TDCU coarse grain value

-440

TDCU coarse grain value

-550

TDCU coarse grain value

-660

TDCU coarse grain value

-770

TDCU coarse grain value

-880

TDCU coarse grain value

-990

TDCU coarse grain value

<FG>

TDCU fine grain value

0

TDCU fine grain value

-45

TDCU fine grain value

-450

TDCU fine grain value

-495

TDCU fine grain value

-540

TDCU fine grain value

-585

TDCU fine grain value

-630

TDCU fine grain value

-675

TDCU fine grain value

-90

TDCU fine grain value

-135

TDCU fine grain value

-180

TDCU fine grain value

-225

TDCU fine grain value

-270

TDCU fine grain value

-315

TDCU fine grain value

-360

TDCU fine grain value

-405

TDCU fine grain value

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<SWSTATE>

Software switch state.

AUTO

Auto

LOGO

Logo

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


.

13.64  ED-OTU

The Edit Optical Transport Unit Level 1/2/3 command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, and OTU4 facilities respectively. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Usage Guidelines

Squelchmode is applicable for OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, and OTU4 modifiers.

Squelchmode for OTU1 clients are NONE or ODU-AIS.

Squelchmode for OTU1/OTU2 trunk in RGN and TXP modes is ODU-AIS.

Squelchmode for OTU1/OTU2 trunk in non-TXP mode is NONE.

OVRCLK parameter is supported on OTU2 on SFP+ ports on 10x10G-LC.

In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-OTU is applicable for FREQ, LOSSB, SOAK, and SQUELCHMODE paramters on the CFP-LC card on the VFAC AID.

In the CFP-TXP mode, the ED-OTU is applicable for FEC, OSFBER, and OSDBER parameters on the 100G-LC-C virtual ports on the VCFAC AID.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-<OTU>[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::OSDBER=<SDBER>],[GCC=<GCC>],[DWRAP= <DRWAP>],[FEC=<FEC>],[PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>],[PMMODE=<PMMODE>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[NAME=<PORTNAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[GCCRATE=<GCCRATE>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>],[OTNTRMAP=<OTNTRMAP>],[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],[ODUTRANSMODE=<ODUTRANSMODE>],[PORTMODE=<PORTMODE>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[PPR=<PPR>],[TRIGTH=<TRIGTH>],[RVRTTH=<RVRTTH>],[TRIGWINDOW=<TRIGWINDOW>],[RVRTWINDOW=<RVRTWINDOW>],[OVRCLK=<OVRCLK>],[EGRESSFRR=<EGRESSFRR>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-OTU1::VFAC-3-5-1:1:::GCC=Y,GCCRATE=400K,SENDDUS=N;

ED-OTU2::VFAC-6-9-1:1:::PPR=Y,TRIGTH=6E-4,TRIGWINDOW=1000,RVRTTH=1E-5,RVRTWINDOW=2000,EGRESSFRR=Y;

Input Parameters

AID>

The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. OTU2 uses VFAC and VLINE AID on 10x10G-LC card. OTU3 and OTU4 use VFAC on CFP-LC cards.

<OSDBER>

OTN SDBER. Can only be provisioned on the working port. Defaults to 1E-7 Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

<GCC>

Identifies the Generic communication channel (GCC) con-nection of the port.

Y

GCC can be utilized

N

GCC cannot be utilized

<DWRAP>

(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the NCS port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the NCS port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the NCS port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the NCS port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<FEC>

(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction.

ENH

Enhanced FEC is enabled.

ENH-I4

Enhanced FEC 1.4 is enabled

ENH-I7

Enhanced FEC 1.7 is enabled

HG-20

20% High Gain FEC.

HG-7

High Gain 7% FEC.

OFF

FEC is disabled.

STD

Standard FEC is enabled.

<GCCRATE>

(Optional) The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192 Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the NCS port. The parameter type is GCCRATE, which is the data rate of the GCC traffic.

192K

192 Kbps

400K

400 Kbps (only on M2 and M6 chassis)

1200K

1200 Kbps

< PAYLOADMAP>

(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode.

ASYNCH

Asynchronous mapping mode

ODU

ODU multiplex structure mode

SYNCH

Synchronous mapping mode

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

NOOPU2FIXEDSTUFF

Mapping with no FIXEDSTUFF

<FREQ>

The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength).

850 nm

Wavelength 850 nm

1310 nm

Wavelength 1310 nm

1550 nm

Wavelength 1550 nm

1470 nm

Wavelength 1470 nm

1490 nm

Wavelength 1490 nm

1510 nm

Wavelength 1510 nm

1530 nm

Wavelength 1530 nm

1570 nm

Wavelength 1570 nm

1590 nm

Wavelength 1590 nm

1610 nm

Wavelength 1610 nm

1528.77 nm

Wavelength 1528.77 nm

1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

1529.55 nm

Wavelength 1529.55 nm

1529.94 nm

Wavelength 1529.94 nm

1530.33 nm

Wavelength 1530.33 nm

1530.72 nm

Wavelength 1530.72 nm

1531.12 nm

Wavelength 1531.12 nm

1531.51 nm

Wavelength 1531.51 nm

1531.90 nm

Wavelength 1531.90 nm

1532.29 nm

Wavelength 1532.29 nm

1532.68 nm

Wavelength 1532.68 nm

1533.07 nm

Wavelength 1533.07 nm

1533.47 nm

Wavelength 1533.47 nm

1533.86 nm

Wavelength 1533.86 nm

1534.25 nm

Wavelength 1534.25 nm

1534.64 nm

Wavelength 1534.64 nm

1535.04 nm

Wavelength 1535.04 nm

1535.43 nm

Wavelength 1535.43 nm

1535.82 nm

Wavelength 1535.82 nm

1536.22 nm

Wavelength 1536.22 nm

1536.61 nm

Wavelength 1536.61 nm

1537.00 nm

Wavelength 1537.00 nm

1537.40 nm

Wavelength 1537.40 nm

1537.79 nm

Wavelength 1537.79 nm

1538.19 nm

Wavelength 1538.19 nm

1538.58 nm

Wavelength 1538.58 nm

1538.98 nm

Wavelength 1538.98 nm

1539.37 nm

Wavelength 1539.37 nm

1539.77 nm

Wavelength 1539.77 nm

1540.16 nm

Wavelength 1540.16 nm

1540.56 nm

Wavelength 1540.56 nm

1540.95 nm

Wavelength 1540.95 nm

1541.35 nm

Wavelength 1541.35 nm

1541.75 nm

Wavelength 1541.75 nm

1542.14 nm

Wavelength 1542.14 nm

1542.54 nm

Wavelength 1542.54 nm

1542.94 nm

Wavelength 1542.94 nm

1543.33 nm

Wavelength 1543.33 nm

1543.73 nm

Wavelength 1543.73 nm

1544.13 nm

Wavelength 1544.13 nm

1544.53 nm

Wavelength 1544.53 nm

1544.92 nm

Wavelength 1544.92 nm

1545.32 nm

Wavelength 1545.32 nm

1545.72 nm

Wavelength 1545.72 nm

1546.12 nm

Wavelength 1546.12 nm

1546.52 nm

Wavelength 1546.52 nm

1546.92 nm

Wavelength 1546.92 nm

1547.32 nm

Wavelength 1547.32 nm

1547.72 nm

Wavelength 1547.72 nm

1548.11 nm

Wavelength 1548.11 nm

1548.51 nm

Wavelength 1548.51 nm

1548.91 nm

Wavelength 1548.91 nm

1549.32 nm

Wavelength 1549.32 nm

1549.72 nm

Wavelength 1549.72 nm

1550.12 nm

Wavelength 1550.12 nm

1550.52 nm

Wavelength 1550.52 nm

1550.92 nm

Wavelength 1550.92 nm

1551.32 nm

Wavelength 1551.32 nm

1551.72 nm

Wavelength 1551.72 nm

1552.12 nm

Wavelength 1552.12 nm

1552.52 nm

Wavelength 1552.52 nm

1552.92 nm

Wavelength 1552.92 nm

1553.33 nm

Wavelength 1553.33 nm

1553.73 nm

Wavelength 1553.73 nm

1554.13 nm

Wavelength 1554.13 nm

1554.54 nm

Wavelength 1554.54 nm

1554.94 nm

Wavelength 1554.94 nm

1555.34 nm

Wavelength 1555.34 nm

1555.75 nm

Wavelength 1555.75 nm

1556.15 nm

Wavelength 1556.15 nm

1556.55 nm

Wavelength 1556.55 nm

1556.96 nm

Wavelength 1556.96 nm

1557.36 nm

Wavelength 1557.36 nm

1557.77 nm

Wavelength 1557.77 nm

1558.17 nm

Wavelength 1558.17 nm

1558.58 nm

Wavelength 1558.58 nm

1558.98 nm

Wavelength 1558.98 nm

1559.39 nm

Wavelength 1559.39 nm

1559.79 nm

Wavelength 1559.79 nm

1560.20 nm

Wavelength 1560.20 nm

1560.61 nm

Wavelength 1560.61 nm

1561.01 nm

Wavelength 1561.01 nm

1561.42 nm

Wavelength 1561.42 nm

1561.83 nm

Wavelength 1561.83 nm

1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

<LOSSB>

(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values.

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-LR4

100GBASE-SR10

100GBASE-SR10

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-FR

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-LR4

40GBASE-SR4

Reach supported on 40GIGE payload on CFP-LC card.

4I1-9D1F

4I1-9D1F

AUTOPROV

Autoprovisioning

C4S1-2D1

C4S1-2D1

CX

Reach CX

CX1

Reach CX1

DX

Reach DX

FE-BX

FE-BX

FX

FX

GE-BX

GE-BX

GE-EX

GE-EX

HX

Reach HX

I1

Reach I1

IR-1

Reach IR-1

IR-2

Reach IR-2

L1

Reach L1

L2

Reach L2

L3

Reach L3

LR-1

Reach LR-1

LR-2

Reach LR-2

LR-3

Reach LR-3

LX

Reach LX

LX-10

LX-10

P1L1-2D1

10G Ethernet with 850 nm wavelength

P1S1-2D1

Short haul 10G Ethernet in 1310 nm wavelength

P1L1-2D2

Long haul 10G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

S1

Reach S1

S2

Reach S2

SR

Reach SR

SR-1

Reach SR-1

SX

Reach SX

T

Reach T

TEN-GE-ER

10 GE extended range

TEN-GE-LR

10 GE long range

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-LRM

TEN-GE-SR

10 GE short range

TEN-GE-ZR

TEN-GE-ZR

VSR2000-3R2

VSR2000-3R2

VX

Reach VX

ZX

Reach ZX

P1S1-1D1

Shorthaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1310 nm wavelength

P1L1-1D2

Longhaul 2.5G Ethernet with 1550 nm wavelength

CWDM

Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing with

NCS

Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing with wavelength between 1525-1565 nm

<PORTNAME>

(Optional) Port name. PORTNAME is a string.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer.

<OTNTRMAP>

OTN Traffic Mapping

TRMAP-NONE

No traffic mapping

CBR10G

Constant Bit Rate 10G

ODU2E

10. 399 Gbit/s

ODU1MUX

ODU1 Multiplexer

ODU1

2.498 Gbits/s

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters.

<SYNCMSG>

Synchronization status messaging is enabled or disabled on the facility.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<PPR>

(Optional) To enable or disable the Proactive Protection Regen (PPR) in the OTU2 Card in Regen Mode.

Y

PPR enabled.

N

PPR disabled.

<TRIGTH>

Specifies the trigger threshold value for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is TRIGGER_THRESHOLD.

1E-2

Trigger threshold is 1E-2.

1E-3

Trigger threshold is 1E-3.

1E-4

Trigger threshold is 1E-4.

1E-5

Trigger threshold is 1E-5

1E-6

Trigger threshold is 1E-6.

1E-7

Trigger threshold is 1E-7.

2E-2

Trigger threshold is 2E-2.

2E-3

Trigger threshold is 2E-3.

2E-4

Trigger threshold is 2E-4.

2E-5

Trigger threshold is 2E-5.

2E-6

Trigger threshold is 2E-6.

2E-7

Trigger threshold is 2E-7.

3E-2

Trigger threshold is 3E-2.

3E-3

Trigger threshold is 3E-3.

3E-4

Trigger threshold is 3E-4.

3E-5

Trigger threshold is 3E-5.

3E-6

Trigger threshold is 3E-6.

3E-7

Trigger threshold is 4E-7.

4E-2

Trigger threshold is 4E-2.

4E-3

Trigger threshold is 4E-3.

4E-4

Trigger threshold is 4E-4.

4E-5

Trigger threshold is 4E-5.

4E-6

Trigger threshold is 4E-6.

4E-7

Trigger threshold is 4E-7.

5E-2

Trigger threshold is 5E-2.

5E-3

Trigger threshold is 5E-3.

5E-4

Trigger threshold is 5E-4.

5E-5

Trigger threshold is 5E-5.

5E-6

Trigger threshold is 5E-6.

5E-7

Trigger threshold is 5E-7.

6E-2

Trigger threshold is 6E-2.

6E-3

Trigger threshold is 6E-3.

6E-4

Trigger threshold is 6E-4.

6E-5

Trigger threshold is 6E-5

6E-6

Trigger threshold is 6E-6.

6E-7

Trigger threshold is 6E-7.

7E-2

Trigger threshold is 7E-2.

7E-3

Trigger threshold is 7E-3.

7E-4

Trigger threshold is 7E-4.

7E-5

Trigger threshold is 7E-5

7E-6

Trigger threshold is 7E-6.

7E-7

Trigger threshold is 7E-7.

8E-2

Trigger threshold is 8E-2.

8E-3

Trigger threshold is 8E-3.

8E-4

Trigger threshold is 8E-4.

8E-5

Trigger threshold is 8E-5

8E-6

Trigger threshold is 8E-6.

8E-7

Trigger threshold is 8E-7.

9E-2

Trigger threshold is 9E-2.

9E-3

Trigger threshold is 9E-3.

9E-4

Trigger threshold is 9E-4.

9E-5

Trigger threshold is 9E-5

9E-6

Trigger threshold is 9E-6.

9E-7

Trigger threshold is 9E-7.

<RVRTTH>

Specifies the revert threshold for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is RVRTTH.

1E-3

Revert threshold is 1E-3.

1E-4

Revert threshold is 1E-4.

1E-5

Revert threshold is 1E-5.

1E-6

Revert threshold is 1E-6.

1E-7

Revert threshold is 1E-7.

2E-3

Revert threshold is 2E-3.

2E-4

Revert threshold is 2E-4.

2E-5

Revert threshold is 2E-5

2E-6

Revert threshold is 2E-6.

2E-7

Revert threshold is 2E-7.

3E-3

Revert threshold is 3E-3.

3E-4

Revert threshold is 3E-4.

3E-6

Revert threshold is 3E-6.

4E-3

Revert threshold is 4E-4.

4E-4

Revert threshold is 4E-4.

4E-5

Revert threshold is 4E-5

4E-6

Revert threshold is 4E-6.

4E-7

Revert threshold is 4E-7.

5E-3

Revert threshold is 5E-3.

5E-4

Revert threshold is 5E-4.

5E-5

Revert threshold is 5E-5

5E-6

Revert threshold is 5E-6.

5E-7

Revert threshold is 5E-7.

5E-8

Revert threshold is 5E-8.

6E-3

Revert threshold is 6E-3.

6E-4

Revert threshold is 6E-4.

6E-5

Revert threshold is 6E-5

6E-6

Revert threshold is 6E-6.

6E-7

Revert threshold is 6E-7.

6E-8

Revert threshold is 6E-8.

7E-3

Revert threshold is 7E-3.

7E-4

Revert threshold is 7E-4.

7E-5

Revert threshold is 7E-5

7E-6

Revert threshold is 7E-6.

7E-7

Revert threshold is 7E-7.

7E-8

Revert threshold is 7E-8.

8E-3

Revert threshold is 8E-3.

8E-4

Revert threshold is 8E-4.

8E-5

Revert threshold is 8E-5

8E-6

Revert threshold is 8E-6.

8E-7

Revert threshold is 8E-7.

8E-8

Revert threshold is 8E-8.

9E-3

Revert threshold is 9E-3.

9E-4

Revert threshold is 9E-4.

9E-5

Revert threshold is 9E-5

9E-6

Revert threshold is 9E-6.

9E-7

Revert threshold is 9E-7.

9E-8

Revert threshold is 9E-8.

<TRIGWINDOW>

Specifies the trigger window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the trigger threshold value. The maximum TRIGWINDOW value is 10000.

<RVRTWINDOW>

Specifies the revert window value for Proactive Protection Regen in milli seconds. It should always be a multiple of the sample slot value, derived from the revert threshold value. The maximum RVRTWINDOW value is 10000 and minimum value is 2000.

<SENDDUS>

The facility will send the DUS value as the SSM for that facility.

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<ADMSSM>

The administrative synchronization status message. . Defaults to STU. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level.

DUS

DoNot Use

PRS

Primary Reference Source, Stratum 1 Traceable

RES

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

SMC

SONET Minimum Clock Traceable

ST2

Stratum 2 Traceable

ST3

Stratum 3 Traceable

ST3E

Stratum 3E Traceable

ST4

Stratum 4 Traceable

STU

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

TNC

Transit Node Clock (2nd Generation Only)

< ODUTRANSMODE>

To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card.

TRANS-STD

Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated.

CISCO-EXT

Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transpon-der/Muxponder cards.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that might make the command fail.

<PORTMODE>

Describes the termination mode of each interface on the card.

NCS-LINE

Line terminating mode.

NCS-SECTION

Section terminating mode.

NCS-TRANS-AIS

Transparent mode AIS.

NCS-TRANS-SQUELCH

Transparent mode Squelch

10GLANWAN-SQUELCH

10G LAN to WAN Squelch.

<ODUTRANSMODE>

To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card.

CISCO-EXT

Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transponder/Muxponder cards.

TRANS-STD

Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated.

<SQUELCHMODE>

Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects.

ODU-AIS

ODU AIS

AIS

Generis AIS

NONE

Transparent

SQUELCH

Squelch is enabled

DISABLE

Squelch is disabled

<OVRCLK>

Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N.

Y

Yes

N

No

<PRE-FEC-PSM>

The parameter type is PROACTIVE_PROT.

N

Proactive protection is disabled.

Y

Proactive protection is enabled.

<EGRESSFRR>

Egress FRR protection.

Y

Egress FRR protection is enabled.

N

Egress FRR protection is disabled.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

IS

In Service

OOS

Out Of Service

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

DSBLD

Disabled

MT

Maintenance mode

AINS

Automatically IN Service


13.65  ED-PID

The Edit Password (ED-PID) command allows a user to change his or her own password.

Usage Guidelines

The password must be null.

Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session by any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is reissued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to reissuing it.

The password will not appear in the TL1 log on the NE.

For the ED-PID command:

ED-PID:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;

The syntax of OLDPID is not checked. The NEWPID should follow Telcordia standards set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command for minimum password length, maximum password length, and password character rule.

You must use the ED-USER-SECU command to change the default password (empty) for the CISCO15 Superuser.

The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Input Format

ED-PID:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;

Input Example

ED-PID:CISCO:UID:123::OLDPWD,NEWPWD;

Table 13-52 ED-PID Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameter
Description

<UID>

User Identifier. Any combination of up to 20 alphanumeric characters. The minimum UID size is 2. UID is a string.

<OLDPID>

The user's old password. Minimum length of the PID depends on the PWDMINLEN, the type of characters to be entered depends on the PWDCHRULE, and maximum length depends on PWDMAXLEN set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command. Passwords are encrypted and appear as asterisks (*). OLDPID is a string.

<NEWPID>

The user's new password. Minimum length of the PID depends on the PWDMINLEN, the type of characters to be entered depends on the PWDCHRULE, and maximum length depends on PWDMAXLEN set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command. Passwords are encrypted and appear as asterisks (*). NEWPID is a string.


13.66  ED-POS

The Edit Packet Over NCS (ED-POS) command edits the back-end port information for the Ethernet card when the back-end port is working in packet-over-NCS (POS) mode.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value. ED-POS cannot set ENCAP and PST/SST.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-POS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-POS:CISCO:VFAC-2-0:123:::ENCAP=HDLC,NAME=NAME,CMDMDE=NORM,
SOAK=32:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Table 13-53 ED-POS Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<SOAK>

(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). SOAK is an integer.

<ENCAP>

Specifies the mapping mode on the port provisioned. Parameter Type is ENCAP.

CBR

CBR mapping mode.

GFP

GFP mapping mode.

GMP

GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card.

TRP

Transparent mapping mode.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.67  ED-PROTOCOL

The Edit Protocol (ED-PROTOCOL) command is used to enable/disable a protocol/service that is supported in the NE. Valid protocols include shell/file system access (SHELL), element management system (EMS), TL1, and SNMP.

Usage Guidelines

If the PROTOCOLAID is TL1, the command will be denied because TL1 users are not allowed to change the setting for TL1 protocol.

If the PROTOCOLAID is SNMP, the SECURE PROTOCOLSTAT is supported. To enable SNMP, set PROTOCOLSTAT to either SECURE or UNSECURE.

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Input Format

ED-PROTOCOL:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<PROTSTAT>;

Input Example

ED-PROTOCOL:CISCONODE:EMS:123::SECURE;

Table 13-54 ED-PROTOCOL Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

The protocol/service to which the command pertains. The parameter type is PROTOCOLAID, which is the AID for protocol/service.

EMS

CTC/CTM protocol/service

SHELL

Shell/file system access protocol

SNMP

SNMP protocol/service

TL1

TL1 protocol service

<PROTSTAT>

Identifies the status of the protocol/service. The parameter type is PROTOCOLSTAT, which is the status of the protocol.

DISABLED

The protocol cannot be used.

SECURE

The protocol is enabled and communications using the protocol are secure, for example, through SSH.

UNSECURE

The protocol is enabled but communication is not secure, for example, through Telnet.


13.68  ED-PRBS

(Cisco NCS 2002 and Cisco NCS 2006) The Edit PseudoRandom Binary Sequence (ED-PRBS) is used to edit the PRBS Generator sequence.

Usage Guidelines

100G-LC-C and 100G-CK-C trunk supports the PRBS generation.

PRBS can be configured at the port level.

PRBS is not dependent on the card operating mode.

Enabling or disabling PRBS is possible when the port is in OOS-DSBLD state.

After the PRBS is set to ON or OFF, the port states can be moved to other states without any issues.

Category

Ports

Security

Maintenance

Input Format

ED-PRBS:[<TID>]:<aid>:<CTAG>:::[PRBSGENPATTERN=<prbsgenpattern>],[:];

Input Example

ED-PRBS::CHAN-7-2-1:1:::PRBSGENPATTERN=PRBS-31;

Table 13-55 ED-PRBS Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

PRBSGENPATTERN. The PRBS generator pattern. It can be any of the following:

NONE

PRBS-11

PRBS-23

PRBS-31


13.69  ED-QNQ-CHGRP

The Edit Channel Group QinQ (ED-QNQ-CHGRP) command edits the IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) relationship between the CE-VLAN and the S-VLAN for Gigabit Ethernet uniport provisioning associated to a channel group.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values, but these values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use the RTRV-ETH command to obtain the current value.

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

The ALL AID is invalid for this command.

Category

Channel Group

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-QNQ-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRST_CE_VLAN_ID>,<LAST_CE_VLAN_ID>,<S_VLAN_ID>:[RULE=<RULE>],[INTERNALVLAN=<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>][:];

Input Example

ED-QNQ-CHGRP:CISCO:CHGRP-1-1:1::10,11,100:RULE=ADD;

Table 13-56 ED-QNQ-CHGRP Command - Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "CHGRP" section.

<FIRSTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LASTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<RULE>

Used to represent the rules allowed for the VLAN tagging operations. The default value is ADD.

ADD

The S-VLAN tag is added to the CE-VLAN tag.

XLTE

The S-VLAN tag replaces the CE-VLAN tag (single Q).

XLTE-ADD

XLTE and ADD rule applied together. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN substitutes the Customer VLAN, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added

DOUBLE-ADD

ADD rule applied two times. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN is added, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added to have a double tag

<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>

Internal VLAN ID.

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

0 to 7

Set a Cos value

DSCP

The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table.

TRUST

Use the Customer COS

VLAN

The COS provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)


13.70  ED-QNQ-ETH

Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

The ALL AID is invalid for this command.

Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-QNQ-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,<S_VLAN_ID>[:RULE=<RULE>],[INTERNALVLAN=<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>][:];

Input Example

ED-QNQ-ETH:PETALUMA:ETH-1-1-1:1::10,11,100:RULE=ADD;

Table 13-57 ED-QNQ-ETH Command - Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access the L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<FIRSTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<LASTCEVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<SVLANID>

VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<RULE>

Used to represent the rules allowed for the VLAN tagging operations. The default value is ADD.

ADD

The S-VLAN tag is added to the CE-VLAN tag.

XLTE

The S-VLAN tag replaces the CE-VLAN tag (single Q).

XLTE-ADD

XLTE and ADD rule applied together. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN substitutes the Customer VLAN, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added

DOUBLE-ADD

ADD rule applied two times. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN is added, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added to have a double tag

<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>

Internal VLAN ID.

<INGRESSCOS>

Identifies the COS value set in the S-VLAN tag.

0 to 7

Set a Cos value

DSCP

The COS is set according to DSCP to COS mapping table.

TRUST

Use the Customer COS

VLAN

The COS provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode)


13.71  ED-REP

The Edit Resilient Ethernet Protocol (ED-REP) command edits the Resilient Ethernet Protocol (REP) configuration on the ethernet port.

Usage Guidelines

The PREEMPTDELAY parameter value "0" indicates the automatic VLB is disabled on the Edge Ports.

The NE generates a REPT-DBCHG notification when the preempt delay timer is changed.

This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<PREEMPTDELAY>;

Input Example

ED-REP:CISCO:ETH-12-1-1:1::20;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the "ETH" section.

<PREEMPTDELAY>

Specifies the time in minutes after which the VLAN load balancing is triggered automatically. The valid range is from 15 to 300 minutes. The default value is 0.


13.72  ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>

The Edit Roll for VC3, VC44C, VC464C, VC48C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC11, or VC12 (ED-ROLL-<MOS_PATH>) command forces a rolling operation. Force attempts to force a valid signal to complete the rolling operation.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

Bridge and Roll

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];

Input Example

ED-ROLL-VC4:CISCO:VC4-1-1-1,VC4-2-1-1:1:::CMDMDE=FRCD;

Table 13-58 ED-ROLL-<MOS_PATH> - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<FROM>

Source access identifier from the "VC" section. It is one of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. If the existing cross-connection is one-way, the termination point (leg) should be the FROM-AID termination point. Otherwise, FROM is not significant. FROM and TO should be entered as they are entered in the ENT-CRS command. You can issue the RTRV-CRS command, and use the response for FROM and TO parameters.

<TO>

Destination access identifier from the "VC" section. It is one of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. If the existing cross-connection is one-way, the termination point (leg) should be the TO-AID termination point. Otherwise, the TO is not significant. FROM and TO should be entered as they are entered in the ENT-CRS command. You can issue the RTRV-CRS command, and use the response for FROM and TO parameters.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

Note CMDMDE can only go from NORM to FRCD. (It cannot go from FRCD to NORM.)

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.


13.73  ED-SLV-WDMANS

The Edit Span Loss Verification Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Set Up (ED-SLV-WDMANS) command edits the expected span loss verification.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-SLV-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<ROLE>][:];

Input Example

ED-SLV-WDMANS:VA454-22:WDMANS-E:116;

Input Parameters

<AID>

Access identifier from the "WDMANS" section.

<ROLE>

The role the unit is playing in the protection group.

PROT

The entity is the protection unit in the protection group.

WORK

The entity is the working unit in the protection group.


13.74  ED-STCN-REP

The Edit Segment Topology Change Notification Resilient Ethernet Protocol (ED-STCN-REP) command edits the Segment Topology Change Notification (STCN) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.

Usage Guidelines

STCN can be enabled only on the EDGE ports of the REP Segment.

If the STCN is not enabled, you cannot edit any other parameters related to STCN.

Only one Segment range can be added or removed at a time

A maximum of 2 Segment range can be configured on the ethernet edge port.

This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-STCN-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[STCNENABLED=<STCNENABLED>],[STCNOPERATION=<STCNOPERATION>],[SEGRANGESTART=<SEGRANGESTART>],[SEGRANGEEND=<SEGRANGEEND>],[STCNPORT=<STCNPORT>];

Input Example

ED-STCN-REP::ETH-16-1-1:1:::STCNENABLED=Y,STCNOPERATION=ADD,SEGRANGESTART=1000,SEGRANGEEND=1004,STCNPORT=ETH-16-2-1;

Table 13-59 ED-STCN-REP Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<STCNENABLED>

To enable or disable the Segment Topology Notification on ethernet entity for REP.

Y

Enables STCN on the ethernet port.

N

Disables STCN on the ethernet port.

<STCNOPERATION>

Adds or removes the range for STCN notification.

ADD

Adds the range to a list of segment ranges for STCN notification.

REMOVE

Removes the range from the list of ranges for STCN notification.

<SEGRANGESTART>

Indicates the segment range start value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024.

<SEGRANGEEND>

Indicates the segment range end value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024.

<STCNPORT>

Determines on which ethernet port the STCN should be sent. STCNPORT is an AID, it takes ETH AID value. The default is NULL.


13.75  ED-STM1E

The Edit STM1E (ED-STM1E) command edits the attributes and the state of the STM1E port facility.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-STM1E:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],
[PJMON=<PJMON>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],
[NAME=<NAME>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-STM1E:CISCO1:FAC-6-1:114:::SYNCMSG=Y,SENDDUS=N,PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,
SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,NAME="STM1EPORT",CMDMDE=NORM:UNLOCKED,
AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<SYNCMSG>

Indicates if Synchronization messaging is enabled or disabled on the facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<SENDDUS>

The facility sends out a Do not Use (DUS) for Synchronization message. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<PJMON>

(Optional) Identifies an STM port PJMON. PJMON is an integer. Set a valid VC4 number of the optical port.

Note The PJMON number displayed in TL1 interface does not correspond to the PJVC4MON number in CTC, but instead corresponds to the VC4 number of the optical port.

<SFBER>

The port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

Port signal degrade threshold. Defaults on 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<SOAK>

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. Defaults to 32.

<NAME>

NAME is a string. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters.

<CMDMDE>

(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states.

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied.

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that could make the command fail.

<PST>

Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.76  ED-SYNCN

The Edit Synchronization (ED-SYNCN) command edits the synchronization reference list used to determine the sources for the NE's reference clock and the BITS output clock. For each clock, up to three synchronization sources can be specified (such as PRIMARY, SECOND, and THIRD).To view or edit the system timing mode, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN or ED-NE-SYNCN commands.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.


Note To retrieve/set the timing mode, SSM message Set or Quality of RES information, use the RTRV-NE-SYNCN and ED-NE-SYNCN commands.


Category

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PRI=<PRI>],[SEC=<SEC>],[THIRD=<THIRD>][:];

Input Example

ED-SYNCN:BOYES:SYNC-NE:112:::PRI=INTERNAL,SEC=INTERNAL,THIRD=INTERNAL;

Table 13-60 Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "SYNC_REF" section.

<PRI>

(Optional) Primary reference of the synchronization from the "SYN_SRC" section.

<SEC>

(Optional) Secondary reference of the synchronization from the "SYN_SRC" section.

<THIRD>

(Optional) Third reference of the synchronization from the "SYN_SRC" section.


13.77  ED-TRAPTABLE

The Edit Trap Table (ED-TRAPTABLE) command edits a trap destination entry identified by a specific trap destination address.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-TRAPTABLE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::COMMUNITY=<COMMUNITY>,
[TRAPPORT=<TRAPPORT>],[TRAPVER=<TRAPVER>];

Input Examples

1. ED-TRAPTABLE::1.2.3.4:1:::COMMUNITY="PUBLIC",TRAPPORT=162,TRAPVER=SNMPV1;

2. ED-TRAPTABLE:"[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]":1:::COMMUNITY="PUBLIC",TRAPPORT=162,TRAPVER=SNMPV1;

Table 13-61 ED-TRAPTABLE Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "IPADDR" section. IP address identifying the trap destination.

<COMMUNITY>

Community name associated to the trap destination. Maximum of 32 characters. COMMUNITY is a string.

<TRAPPORT>

(Optional) UDP port number associated with the trap destination. Default to 162. TRAPPORT is an integer.

<TRAPVER>

(Optional) SNMP version number. Defaults to SNMPv1. The parameter type is SNMP_VERSION (SNMP version).

SNMPV1

SNMP version 1 (default)

SNMPV2

SNMP version 2


13.78  ED-TRC-OCH

The Edit Trace (ED-TRC-OCH) command edits trace-related optical channel facilities.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-TRC-OCH:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>][:];

Input Example

ED-TRC-OCH:CISCO:CHAN-6-2:10:::EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE;

Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). A null value is equivalent to ALL. EXPTRC is a string.

<TRC>

(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64 byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (Hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Trace mode. Defaults to the OFF mode. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCLEVEL>

The trace level to be managed. TRCLEVEL is a string.

Note This command is mandatory when edting the TRC parameters.

J0

Identifies the NCS J0 section trace level.

TTI-PM

Identifies the TTI path monitoring point.

TTI-SM

Identifies the TTI section monitoring point.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) Trace message size. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

1-BYTE

1-byte trace message

16-BYTE

16-byte trace message

64-BYTE

64-byte trace message


13.79  ED-TRC-OTU

The Edit Trace Optical Transport Unit Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, and Level 4 (ED-TRC-OTU1, ED-TRC-OTU2, ED-TRC-OTU3, and ED-TRC-OTU4) command edits trace-related attributes of an OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4 facility respectively.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

In the CFP-TXP mode, trace is supported on the 100G-LC-C virtual ports (VCFAC) and not on the CFP-LC card.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-TRC-<OTU>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>][:];

Input Example

ED-TRC-OTU1:CISCO:VFAC-1-6-1:10:::EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE;

Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<EXPTRC>

(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). A null value is equivalent to ALL. EXPTRC is a string.

<TRC>

(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64 byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (Hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value is equivalent to ALL.

<TRCMODE>

(Optional) Trace mode. Defaults to the OFF mode. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode).

AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards.

AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string.

MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected.

OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported.

<TRCLEVEL>

The trace level to be managed. TRCLEVEL is a string.

Note This command is mandatory when edting the TRC parameters.

J0

Identifies the NCS J0 section trace level.

TTI-PM

Identifies the TTI path monitoring point.

TTI-SM

Identifies the TTI section monitoring point.

<TRCFORMAT>

(Optional) Trace message size. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format).

1-BYTE

1-byte trace message

16-BYTE

16-byte trace message

64-BYTE

64-byte trace message


13.80  ED-T3

The Edit DS3 Facility (ED-T3) command edits the attributes related to a DS3/T3 port.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values might not be the current value for a parameter. Use a retrieve command to obtain the current value.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-T3[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CLKSRC=<CLKSRC>],[FMT=<FMT>],[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[LBO=<LBO>],[INHFELPBK=<INHFELPBK>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[NAME=<NAME>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>],[BERTMODE=<BERTMODE>],[BERTPATTERN=<BERTPATTERN>],[BERTERRCOUNT=<BERTERRCOUNT>][:<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-T3:CISCO:T3-1-2:123:::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B3ZS,LBO=0-225,TACC=8, TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SOAK=10,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,NAME="T3 PORT",AISONLPBK=ALL, CMDMDE=CMDMDE,AINS;

Table 13-62 Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<CLKSRC>

<CLKSRC>

INTERNAL

INTERNAL

LOOPBACK TIMING

LOOPBACK TIMING

SYNCE

SYNCE

ADAPTIVE

ADAPTIVE

<FMT>

(Optional) Digital signal frame format. Defaults to E1-MF. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for an E1 port.

AUTOPROV

AUTOPROV

CBIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

DS2 FRAMED

DS2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

E2 FRAMED

E3-FRAME

E3-FRAME

E3-PLCP

E3-PLCP

FRAMENA

FRAMENA

G-751

G-751

G-832

G-832

M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3XM and DS3E cards.

M23

M23

SYNTRAN

SYNTRAN

UNFRAMED

Line type is unframed. The old DS3 (L3M) and DS3CR cards can only run in unframed mode.

<LINECDE>

(Optional) Line code. The parameter type is DS_LINE_CODE, which is the DS123 line code.

B3ZS

Binary three-zero substitution.

B6ZS

B6ZS

JBZS

JBZS

ZBTSI

ZBTSI

<LBO>

Line build-out settings. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is E_LBO, which is the electrical signal line build-out.

0-225

Electrical signal line build-out range is 1-225.

226-450

Electrical signal line build-out range is 226-450.

<INHFELPBK>

(Optional) Far-end loopback inhibition attribute of the port. If it is Y, the automatic far-end loopbacks are inhibited. It is either on or off. The system default is N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute).

N

Disable an attribute.

Y

Enable an attribute.

<TAP>

(Optional) Defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number is within a range of 0, 1 to 999. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N.

<TAPTYPE>

(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type.

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

<SOAK>

(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer.

<SOAKLEFT>

(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. SOAKLEFT is a string. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:

When the port is in OOS, OOS_MT, or IS state, the parameter will not appear.

When the port is in OOS_AINS but the countdown has not started due to fault signal, the value will be SOAKLEFT=NOT-STARTED.

When the port is in OOS_AINS state and the countdown has started, the value will be shown in HH-MM format.

<SFBER>

(Optional) The port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path.

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3.

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4.

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5.

<SDBER>

(Optional) Port signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path.

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5.

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6.

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7.

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8.

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9.

<NAME>

(Optional) Port name. NAME is a string.

<AISONLPBK>

(Optional) AutomaticInService (AIS) on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback.

AIS_ONLPBK_FACILITY

AutomaticInService is sent on facility loopbacks.

AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL

AutomaticInService is sent on all loopbacks.

AIS_ON_LPBK_OFF

AutomaticInService is not sent on loopbacks.

AIS_ON_LPBK_TERMINAL

AutomaticInService is sent on terminal loopbacks.

Y

BERT synchronization status is up.

N

BERT synchronization status is down.

<PST>

(Optional) Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity.

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

<SST>

(Optional) Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ.

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


13.81  ED-UNICFG

The Edit User Network Interface Configuration command edits the attributes and service parameters of UNI configuration created.

Usage Guidelines

With the VALMODE parameter value as NONE, the VALZONE parameter is not applicable.

RESTTYPE as REVERT is not applicable for UNICFG.

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-UNICFG:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[VALMODE=<OPTVAL>],[VALZONE=<OPRZONE>],[DESCR=<DESCR>],[ADMINSTATE=<ADMINSTATE>],[RESTTYPE=<RESTTYPE>],[CKTPRIORITY=<CKTPRIORITY>],[DSPWROFS=<DSPWROFS>],[USPWROFS=<USPWROFS>];

Input Example

ED-UNICFG::LINE-2-3:1:::DESCR="CISCO",ADMINSTATE=DOWN;

Table 13-63 Parameter Support

Parameter
Description

<SRC>

Source AID from the "ALL" section.

<VALMODE>

Identifies the validation mode.

NONE

No optical validation is performed.

FULL

The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter.

<VALZONE>

Identifies the validation operate zone.

UNKNOWN

Not evaluated.

GREEN

Margin > 3 sigma.

YELLOW

1 < margin < 3 sigma.

ORANGE

0 < margin < 1 sigma.

RED

-3 < margin < 0 sigma.

OUT

Margin < -3 sigma.

<DESC>

Description parameter. DECSR is a STRING.

<ADMINSTATE>

Identifies the adminstate is UP or DOWN.

UP

Indicates Adminstate is UP and UNI Services can be activated.

DOWN

Indicates Adminstate is DOWN and UNI Services cannot be activated.

<RESTTYPE>

Indentifies the restoration type on UNI configuration.

NONE

None restoration type for UNICFG.

RESTORE

Restore restoration type for UNICFG.

<CKTLABEL>

Circuit label.

<CKTPRIORITY>

Circuit Priority.

<DSPWROFS>

Down stream power offset.

<USPWROFS>

Up stream power offset.


13.82  ED-USER-SECU

The Edit User Security (ED-USER-SECU) command edits a user's privileges, password, or ID. Only a Superuser can perform this operation. Privilege levels are described in the ENT-USER-SECU command.

Usage Guidelines

Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session by any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is reissued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to reissuing it.

<NEWUID> can be set to a minimum length of 2 characters up to 20 characters long.

<NEWPID> depends on the minimum password length, maximum password length, and password character rule that is set by SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command.

For the ED-USER-SECU command:

ED-USER-SECU:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::[<NEWUID>],[<NEWPID>],[<UAP>]:;

If the <NEWPID> is specified, the syntax is checked.

The syntax of <UID> is not checked.

Old users can change their password without changing their user ID, but the new password must meet the new requirements.

The <NEWPID> is required when changing the <USERID>.

When <NEWUID> is specified, the <NEWPID> (and the <UAP>) become mandatory.

In this release, when <NEWUID> is specified, <NEWPID> (and the <UAP>) become mandatory, but it is possible to change a USERID without changing the password by providing the same password. A user cannot keep his old password if the old password does not meet the new syntax requirements. For example:

<USERID> = CISCO2345
<PASSWORD>=CISCO#234 /*PASSWORD ALREADY MEETS REQUIREMENTS*/

ED-USER-SECU::CISCO2345:1::CISCO3456,CISCO#234,PROV;

TCCP 1970-01-02 13:15:35 M 1 COMPLD;

<NEWUSERID> = CISCO60
<USERID> = CISCO40 <PASSWORD>=CISCO40 /*PASSWORD DOES NOT MEET REQUIREMENTS*/

ED-USER-SECU::CISCO40:1::CISCO60,CISCO40,PROV;

BRONCOS4 1970-01-02 13:14:24 M 1 DENY IIFM /* INVALID PASSWORD */;

The ED-USER-SECU command should be used to change the default password (empty) for the CISCO15 default Superuser.

The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Input Format

ED-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::[<NEWUID>],[<NEWPID>],[<UAP>][:];

Input Example

ED-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO15:123::NEWUID,NEWPID,MAINT;

Table 13-64 ED-USER-SECU Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<UID>

User's identifier. Minimum UID is 6 characters. Maximum UID is 10 characters. UID is a string.

<NEWUID>

(Optional) User's new Indentifier. Minimum UID is 2 characters . Maximum UID is 20 characters. NEWUID is a string.

<NEWPID>

(Optional) User's new password. Minimum length depends on PWDMINLEN, maximum length depends on PWDMAXLEN, and password character rule depends on PWDCHRULE set by command SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT.

<UAP>

(Optional) User's access privilege. The parameter type is PRIVILEGE, which is the security level.

MAINT

Maintenance security level. 60 minutes of idle time.

PROV

Provision security level. 30 minutes of idle time.

RTRV

Retrieve security level. Unlimited idle time.

SUPER

Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time.

ROOT_USER

Root user.

SEC_SUPER

Security super user.

SEC_USER

Security user.


13.83  ED-VCG

The Edit Virtual Concatenated Group (ED-VCG) command edits the attributes of a VCG.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

VCAT

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-VCG:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[TXCOUNT=<TXCOUNT>],[NAME=<NAME>];

Input Example

ED-VCG:NODE1:FAC-1-1:1234:::TXCOUNT=7,NAME="VCG2";

Input Parameters

<SRC>

Source access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<TXCOUNT>

(Optional) Number of members in the transmit direction. For ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards, the only valid value is 2. For the FC_MR-4 card, the only valid value is 8. TXCOUNT is an integer.

<NAME>

(Optional) Name of the VCAT group. Maximum length is 64 characters. NAME is a string.


13.84  ED-VLAN

The Edit VLAN (ED-VLAN) command modifies a VLAN entry in the VLAN database. The VLAN database is a collection of VLANs used in an NE.

Usage Guidelines

A VLAN having the specified AID should be present in the node.

Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-VLAN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::NAME=<NAME>],[PROTN=<PROTN>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[IGMPENABLE=<IGMPENABLE>],[IGMPFASTLEAVE=<IGMPFASTLEAVE>],[IGMPSUPP=<IGMPSUPP>][:];

Input Example

ED-VLAN:PETALUMA:VLAN-4096:1:::NAME="MYVLAN",PROTN=N,MACLEARNING=Y, IGMPENABLE=Y,IGMPFASTLEAVE=Y,IGMPSUPP=Y;

Input Parameters

<AID>

AID is used to access the VLAN.

VLAN-ALL

All AIDs for the VLAN.

VLAN-{0-4096}

Single AID for the VLAN. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs.

<NAME>

Indicates the name of the VLAN.

<PROTN>

Indicates the VLAN protection, enable or disable feature

<MACLEARNING>

MAC Address Learning Mode. This activates the MAC address learning on interface to avoid packet broadcasting. Default value is - "N"

Y

Activate the MAC learning.

N

Disable MAC learning.

<IGMPENABLE>

Internet Group Management Protocol status.

Y

Enabled

N

Disabled

<IGMPFASTLEAVE>

Internet Group Management Protocol FastLeave status. When enabled, decreases the delay between receiving a Leave Group packet and disabling forwarding of multicast

Y

Enabled

N

Disabled

<IGMPSUPP>

IGMP Report suppression. Indicates multicast registered client hiding. When enabled (default) it prevents duplicate reports from being sent to the multicast devices.

Y

Enabled

N

Disabled


13.85  ED-VLAN-ETH

The Edit VLAN Ethernet attributes (ED_VLAN_ETH) command is used to modify the VLAN Profile associated to the L2 Ethernet port - VLAN.

Usage Guidelines

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value use RTRV-XX command to retrieve them.

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

The "ALL" AID is invalid for this command.

The L2 ethernet port must be present when this command is sent. The S-VLAN-ID must be present.

If BWP is omitted the first time this command is performed, the default BWP-0 is assume.

Use BWP=0 to restore the Default VLAN Profile.

Category

ETHERNET

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-VLAN-ETH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[VLAN_ID=<VLAN_ID>],[VLAN_TYPE=<VLAN_TYPE>],[:BWP=<BWP>][:];

Input Example

ED-VLAN-ETH::ETH-1-1-1:1::1010:BWP=34;

Input Parameters

Table 13-65 ED-VLAN-ETH Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Ethernet aids are used to access L2 Ethernet ports.

ALL

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands.

ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-5,12-16}-{1-22}-1

Facility aid for GE-XP card.

ETH[-{1-50}]-{1-6,12-17}-{1-4}-1

Facility aid for 10GE-XP card.

<VLAN_ID>

The VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number in the range 1..4096. The value of 0 is reserved to UNTAGged VLAN.

VLAN_TYPE

Specifies the type of VLAN.

SVLAN

Service provider VLAN.

CVLAN

Customer VLAN.

<BWP>

The BWP identifier. A BWP ID is a number in the range 0..10000. The value of 0 is reserved for the default profile that cannot be edited or delete. Default value is 0.


13.86  ED-VLB-REP

The Edit VLAN Load Balancing Resilient Ethernet Protocol (ED-VLB-REP) command edits the VLAN Load Balancing (VLB) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.

Usage Guidelines

VLB can be enabled only on the EDGE Primary ports of the REP Segment.

If the VLB is not enabled, you cannot edit any other parameters related to STCN.

Only one VLAN range can be added or removed at a time

A maximum of 10 VLAN range can be configured on the ethernet edge port.

This command is applicable only to GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards.

Category

Ethernet

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

ED-VLB-REP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[VLBENABLED=<VLBENABLED>],[VLBOPERATION=<VLBOPERATION>],[VLANRANGESTART=<VLANRANGESTART>],[VLANRANGEEND=<VLANRANGEEND>],[PREFERRED=<PREFERRED>],[REPPORTID=<REPPORTID>];

Input Example

ED-VLB-REP::ETH-16-2-1:1:::VLBENABLED=Y,VLBOPERATION=ADD,VLANRANGESTART=1000,VLANRANGEEND=1001,PREFERRED=N,REPPORTID=0X0134454345678598;

Table 13-66 ED-VLB-REP Command - Parameter Support

Input Parameters
Description

<AID>

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

<VLBENABLED>

Enables or disables the segment topology notification on ethernet entity for REP.

Y

Enables STCN on the ethernet port.

N

Disables STCN on the ethernet port.

<VLBOPERATION>

Adds or removes the range for STCN notification.

ADD

Adds the range to a list of segment ranges for STCN notification.

REMOVE

Removes the range from a list of segment ranges for STCN notification.

<VLANRANGESTART>

Indicates the VLAN range start value for VLB on REP. The valid range is 0 to 1024.

<VLANRANGEEND>

Indicates the VLAN range end value for VLB on REP. The valid range is from 0 to 1024.

<PREFERRED>

Indicates that the port is the preferred alternate port. Or the preferred port for VLAN load balancing.

Y

Yes

N

No

<REPPORTID>

Determines the REP port to trigger VLB.


13.87  ED-WDMANS

The Edit Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Set Up (ED-WDMANS) command edits the optical node setup application (ANS) attributes.

Usage Guidelines

None

Category

NCS

Security

Provisioning

Input Format

(For legacy package)

ED-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<WLEN>]:[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[POWEROSC=<POWEROSC>],[NTWTYPE=<NTWTYPE>],[CHLOSS=<CHLOSS>],[GAIN=<GAIN>],[TILT=<TILT>],[CHPWR=<CHPWR>],[AMPLMODE=<AMPLMODE>],[RATIO=<RATIO>],[OSCLOSS=<OSCLOSS>],[DITHER=<DITHER>],[TOTALPWR=<TOTALPWR>],>],[TOTALPWRMILLIW=<TOTALPWRMILLIW>],[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>],[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP],>],[TOTALPWRDBM=<TOTALPWRDBM>][:];

(For flex package)

ED-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<WLEN>]:[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[POWEROSC=<POWEROSC>],[NTWTYPE=<NTWTYPE>],[CHLOSS=<CHLOSS>],[GAIN=<GAIN>],[TILT=<TILT>],[CHPWR=<CHPWR>],[AMPLMODE=<AMPLMODE>],[RATIO=<RATIO>],[OSCLOSS=<OSCLOSS>],[DITHER=<DITHER>],[TOTALPWRMILLIW=<TOTALPWRMILLIW>],[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>],[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP>],[TOTALPWRDBM=<TOTALPWRDBM>],[ENABLELOGO=<ENABLELOGO>][:];

Input Example

ED-WDMANS:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114:::POWERIN=10.0,POWEROUT=10.0,
POWEREXP=10.0;

ED-WDMANS:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114:::POWERIN=10.0,POWEROUT=10.0,
POWEREXP=10.0,POWEROSC=5.0;

ED-WDMANS::LINE-1-3-1-RX:77:::CHLOSS=-11.00;

ED-WDMANS::LINE-1-6-5-TX:5:::TOTALPWRMILLIW=100,TOTALPWRDBM=450.1;

Input Parameters

<AID>

The AID is used to access the WDM node or a single port of the NCS node.

WDMNODE

Indicates the WDM node of an MSTP and accesses the NTWTYPE and DITHERWDMANS node parameters.

LINE

The optical transport section port.

BAND

The optical multiplex section port.

CHAN

The optical channel port.

<WLEN>

(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength.

1310

Wavelength 1310

1470

Wavelength 1470

1490

Wavelength 1490

1510

Wavelength 1510

1528.77

Wavelength 1528.77

1529.16

Wavelength 1529.16

1529.55

Wavelength 1529.55

1529.94

Wavelength 1529.94

1530

Wavelength 1530

1530.33

Wavelength 1530.33

1530.73

Wavelength 1530.73

1531.12

Wavelength 1531.12

1531.51

Wavelength 1531.51

1531.90

Wavelength 1531.90

1532.29

Wavelength 1532.29

1532.68

Wavelength 1532.68

1533.07

Wavelength 1533.07

1533.47

Wavelength 1533.47

1533.86

Wavelength 1533.86

1534.25

Wavelength 1534.25

1534.64

Wavelength 1534.64

1535.04

Wavelength 1535.04

1535.43

Wavelength 1535.43

1535.82

Wavelength 1535.82

1536.22

Wavelength 1536.22

1536.61

Wavelength 1536.61

1537

Wavelength 1537

1537.40

Wavelength 1537.40

1537.79

Wavelength 1537.79

1538.19

Wavelength 1538.19

1538.58

Wavelength 1538.58

1538.98

Wavelength 1538.98

1539.37

Wavelength 1539.37

1539.77

Wavelength 1539.77

1540.16

Wavelength 1540.16

1540.56

Wavelength 1540.56

1540.95

Wavelength 1540.95

1541.35

Wavelength 1541.35

1541.75

Wavelength 1541.75

1542.14

Wavelength 1542.14

1542.35

Wavelength 1542.35

1542.54

Wavelength 1542.54

1542.94

Wavelength 1542.94

1543.33

Wavelength 1543.33

1543.73

Wavelength 1543.73

1544.13

Wavelength 1544.13

1544.53

Wavelength 1544.53

1544.92

Wavelength 1544.92

1545.32

Wavelength 1545.32

1545.72

Wavelength 1545.72

1546.12

Wavelength 1546.12

1546.52

Wavelength 1546.52

1546.92

Wavelength 1546.92

1547.32

Wavelength 1547.32

1547.72

Wavelength 1547.72

1548.12

Wavelength 1548.12

1548.51

Wavelength 1548.51

1548.92

Wavelength 1548.92

1549.32

Wavelength 1549.32

1549.71

Wavelength 1549.71

1550

Wavelength 1500

1550.12

Wavelength 1550.12

1550.52

Wavelength 1550.52

1550.92

Wavelength 1550.92

1551.32

Wavelength 1551.32

1551.72

Wavelength 1551.72

1552.12

Wavelength 1552.12

1552.52

Wavelength 1552.52

1552.93

Wavelength 1552.93

1553.33

Wavelength 1553.33

1553.73

Wavelength 1553.73

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.13

Wavelength 1554.13

1554.94

Wavelength 1554.94

1555.34

Wavelength 1555.34

1555.75

Wavelength 1555.75

1556.15

Wavelength 1556.15

1556.55

Wavelength 1556.55

1556.96

Wavelength 1556.96

1557.36

Wavelength 1557.36

1557.77

Wavelength 1557.77

1558.17

Wavelength 1558.17

1558.58

Wavelength 1558.58

1558.98

Wavelength 1558.98

1559.39

Wavelength 1559.39

1559.79

Wavelength 1559.79

1560.20

Wavelength 1560.20

1560.61

Wavelength 1560.61

1561.01

Wavelength 1561.01

1561.42

Wavelength 1561.42

1561.83

Wavelength 1561.83

1562.23

Wavelength 1562.23

1562.64

Wavelength 1562.64

1563.05

Wavelength 1563.05

1563.45

Wavelength 1563.45

1563.86

Wavelength 1563.86

1564.27

Wavelength 1564.27

1564.68

Wavelength 1564.68

1565.09

Wavelength 1565.09

1565.50

Wavelength 1565.50

1565.90

Wavelength 1565.90

1566.31

Wavelength 1566.31

1566.72

Wavelength 1566.72

1570

Wavelength 1570

1570.83

Wavelength 1570.83

1571.24

Wavelength 1571.24

1571.65

Wavelength 1571.65

1572.06

Wavelength 1572.06

1572.48

Wavelength 1572.48

1572.89

Wavelength 1572.89

1573.30

Wavelength 1573.30

1573.71

Wavelength 1573.71

1574.13

Wavelength 1574.13

1574.54

Wavelength 1574.54

1574.95

Wavelength 1574.95

1575.37

Wavelength 1575.37

1575.78

Wavelength 1575.78

1576.20

Wavelength 1576.20

1576.61

Wavelength 1576.61

1577.03

Wavelength 1577.03

1577.44

Wavelength 1577.44

1577.86

Wavelength 1577.86

1578.27

Wavelength 1578.27

1578.69

Wavelength 1578.69

1579.10

Wavelength 1579.10

1579.52

Wavelength 1579.52

1579.93

Wavelength 1579.93

1580.35

Wavelength 1580.35

1580.77

Wavelength 1580.77

1581.18

Wavelength 1581.18

1581.60

Wavelength 1581.60

1582.02

Wavelength 1582.02

1582.44

Wavelength 1582.44

1582.85

Wavelength 1582.85

1583.27

Wavelength 1583.27

1583.69

Wavelength 1583.69

1584.11

Wavelength 1584.11

1584.53

Wavelength 1584.53

1584.95

Wavelength 1584.95

1585.36

Wavelength 1585.36

1585.78

Wavelength 1585.78

1586.20

Wavelength 1586.20

1586.62

Wavelength 1586.62

1587.04

Wavelength 1587.04

1587.46

Wavelength 1587.46

1587.88

Wavelength 1587.88

1588.30

Wavelength 1588.30

1588.73

Wavelength 1588.73

1589.15

Wavelength 1589.15

1589.57

Wavelength 1589.57

1589.99

Wavelength 1589.99

1590

Wavelength 1590

1590.41

Wavelength 1590.41

1590.83

Wavelength 1590.83

1591.26

Wavelength 1591.26

1591.68

Wavelength 1591.68

1592.10

Wavelength 1592.10

1592.52

Wavelength 1592.52

1592.95

Wavelength 1592.95

1593.37

Wavelength 1593.37

1593.79

Wavelength 1593.79

1594.22

Wavelength 1594.22

1594.64

Wavelength 1594.64

1595.06

Wavelength 1595.06

1595.49

Wavelength 1595.49

1596.34

Wavelength 1596.34

1596.76

Wavelength 1596.76

1597.19

Wavelength 1597.19

1597.62

Wavelength 1597.62

1598.04

Wavelength 1598.04

1598.47

Wavelength 1598.47

1598.89

Wavelength 1598.89

1599.32

Wavelength 1599.32

1599.75

Wavelength 1599.75

1600.06

Wavelength 1600.06

1601.03

Wavelength 1601.03

1601.46

Wavelength 1601.46

1601.88

Wavelength 1601.88

1602.31

Wavelength 1602.31

1602.74

Wavelength 1602.74

1603.17

Wavelength 1603.17

1603.60

Wavelength 1603.60

1604.03

Wavelength 1604.03

1610

Wavelength 1610

<VOAATTN>

The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. VOAATTN is a float.

<POWEROSC>

WDM-ANS OSC power parameter.

<NTWTYPE>

WDM-ANS network type parameter.

<CHLOSS>

WDM-ANS channel loss parameter.

<GAIN>

WDM-ANS amplifier gain parameter.

<TILT>

WDM-ANS amplifier tilt parameter.

<CHPWR>

WDM-ANS channel power parameter.

<AMPLMODE

(Optional) The optical amplification control mode. The parameter type is AMPL_MODE, which defines amplifier control mode.

GAIN

The amplifier always maintain a fixed gain.

POWER

The amplifier maintains the output power to a fixed value.

<RATIO>

WDM-ANS Raman amplifier pump ratio parameter.

<OSCLOSS>

WDM-ANS OSC channel loss parameter.

<DITHER>

WDM-ANS WXC dithering parameter.

<TOTALPWR>

WDM-ANS Raman amplifier total power in mW.

<TOTALPWRMILLIW>

Optical power setting in mW.

<HIGHSLVEXP>

Span loss verification—high value.

<LOWSLVEXP>

Span loss verification—low value.

<TOTALPWRDBM>

Optical power setting in dBm.

<ENABLELOGO>

Enable logo.


13.88  ED-WDMSIDE

The Edit Wavelength Division Multiplexing Side (ED-WDMSIDE) command modifies the WDM node side attribute.

Usage Guidelines

If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

The ALL AID is invalid for this command.

Category

NCS

Security

Maintenance

Input Format

ED-WDMSIDE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NEWSIDE=<NEWSIDE>][:];

Input Example

ED-WDMSIDE:PENNGROVE:WDMSIDE-A:114:::NEWSIDE=WDMSIDE-B;

Input Parameters

<AID>

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an MSTP node.

WDMSIDE-{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}

MSTP side identifier.

<NEWSIDE>

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an MSTP node.

WDMSIDE-{A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H}

MSTP side identifier.